Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

separated woman

  • 1 separated woman

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > separated woman

  • 2 separated woman

    Англо-русский словарь по экономике и финансам > separated woman

  • 3 woman

    Англо-русский словарь по экономике и финансам > woman

  • 4 разведённая женщина

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > разведённая женщина

  • 5 separar

    v.
    1 to separate.
    las hojas se han pegado y no las puedo separar the pages have stuck together and I can't separate them o get them apart
    son muchas las cosas que nos separan there are many differences between us
    María separó las galletas Mary separated the cookies.
    2 to move away.
    separa un poco las sillas move the chairs apart a bit
    3 to put aside.
    4 to split, to draw apart, to pull away, to pull apart.
    El adulterio separa a las parejas Adultery splits couples.
    5 to set apart, to put away.
    6 to abduce.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to separate
    2 (hacer grupos) to separate, sort out
    3 (guardar aparte) to set aside, put aside
    4 (apartar) to move away (de, from)
    5 (de empleo, cargo) to remove (de, from), dismiss (de, from)
    6 figurado (mantener alejado) to keep away (de, from)
    1 (tomar diferente camino) to separate, part company
    2 (matrimonio) to separate
    3 (apartarse) to move away (de, from)
    4 (desprenderse) to separate (de, from), come off (de, -)
    5 (de amigo etc) to part company (de, with)
    6 separarse de (dejar algo) to part with
    * * *
    verb
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=apartar) to separate

    la maestra nos separó para que no habláramos — the teacher split us up o separated us so that we wouldn't talk

    si no los llegan a separar se matan — if no one had pulled them apart o separated them, they would have killed each other

    separar algn/algo de algn/algo — to separate sb/sth from sb/sth

    al nacer los separaron de sus padres — they were taken (away) o separated from their parents at birth

    los separaron del resto de los pasajeros — they were split up o separated from the rest of the passengers

    2) (=distanciar)

    éramos buenos amigos, pero la política nos separó — we were good friends but politics came between us

    3) (=existir entre)

    el abismo que separa a los ricos de los pobres — the gulf between o separating (the) rich and (the) poor

    4) (=deslindar)

    unas barreras de protección separaban el escenario de la plaza — there were crash barriers separating the stage from the rest of the square

    la frontera que separa realidad y ficción — the dividing line between reality and fiction, the line that separates reality from o and fiction

    5) (=dividir) to divide
    6) (=poner aparte)

    ¿me puedes separar un poco de tarta? — can you put aside some cake for me?

    7) (=destituir) [de un cargo] to remove, dismiss

    ser separado del servicio — (Mil) to be discharged

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (apartar, alejar) to separate; < boxeadores> to separate, part
    b) ( dividir un todo) to divide
    2)
    a) ( deslindar) to separate, divide
    b) ( despegar)
    3) (frml) ( destituir) to dismiss (frml)

    fue separado de su cargo/sus funciones — he was removed from office/relieved of his duties (frml)

    2.
    separarse v pron
    a) matrimonio to separate

    se separaron hace un mes — they separated o split up a month ago

    b) (apartarse, alejarse) to split up

    no se separen, que los pequeños se pueden perder — please stay together in case the children get lost

    separarse DE algo/alguien: esta niña no se separa del televisor this child is always glued to the television; no me he separado nunca de mis hijos I've never been away o apart from my children; no se separen de su equipaje — do not leave your luggage unattended

    c) (guardar, reservar) to put o set aside
    * * *
    = carry off, cut off, detach, put by, segregate, separate, sift, screen out, tell out into, sort out + Nombre + from + Nombre, drive + a wedge between, hive off, disaggregate, sever, prise + Nombre + apart, unbundle, spread out, sift out, cleave, tease apart, balkanize, sunder, decouple, strip off, splay.
    Ex. The 'sweated' rags were pounded to a pulp (or stuff) by water-powered hammers, impurities being carried off through filters by running water.
    Ex. The stages are not cut off from one another, are not sharply defined.
    Ex. The words from the deleted abstract in the abstract word file will be detached when DOBIS/LIBIS is not busy with other work.
    Ex. The raw material of white paper was undyed linen -- or in very early days hempen -- rags, which the paper-maker bought in bulk, sorted and washed, and then put by in a damp heap for four or five days to rot.
    Ex. In summary, the advantages of the electronic catalog is the ability to segregate the fast searches from the slowest.
    Ex. The description of the component part is separated from that of the host document by a double slash.
    Ex. Thus many non-relevant documents have been retrieved and examined in the process of sifting relevant and non-relevant documents.
    Ex. Most journals rely for a substantial part of their income on advertisements; how would advertisers view the prospect of being selectively screened out by readers?.
    Ex. The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.
    Ex. Ward's study is likely to remain a standard reference source for years to come, but trying to sort out the generalities from the particularities is a very difficult business.
    Ex. While the current problems associated with serial economics have driven a wedge between vendors, librarians and publishers, they should be cooperating and communicating in order to withstand the information explosion.
    Ex. Non-fiction is normally shelved according to the Dewey decimal system with perhaps a major category such as autobiography and biography hived off as a completely separate ad hoc classification.
    Ex. Outcomes can be disaggregated along age, class, ethnic, racial, & gender dimensions.
    Ex. This art is is mass produced, often mechanically, and thus severed from tradition.
    Ex. The symbiotic relationship between scholarly discourse and scholarly publication that has existed for 3 centuries is being prised apart by new technology.
    Ex. It is recommended that CD-ROM producers unbundle the retrieval software from the data.
    Ex. For instance, in reproduction of Renoir's work under the subject IMPRESSIONISM, Renoir's works would not stand together in the catalog but be spread out according to their titles.
    Ex. Whichever he chooses he will still have to sift out and categorize the numerous errors that disfigure all the early texts of the play.
    Ex. Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.
    Ex. The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.
    Ex. The scholarly system has become balkanized into autonomous, even antagonistic, cultures or camps based on differing technological competencies and interests.
    Ex. Both novels tell essentially the same story, that of a woman sundered from her high estate and her betrothed.
    Ex. The physical library will probably become less viable over time and so it is important to decouple the information professional from the library unit.
    Ex. They gathered a whole sackful, stripped off the husks, and filled the sack again.
    Ex. Walk your feet up the wall, then take the belt and place it on your upper arms right above your elbows to keep your arms from splaying.
    ----
    * Hasta que la muerte nos separe = Till death do us part.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * separar con una cortina = curtain off.
    * separar de = wean from, isolate from, divide from, wean away from.
    * separar el grano de la paja = divide into + Adjetivo + sheep and + Adjetivo + goats, sort the + Adjetivo + sheep from the + Adjetivo + goats, separate + the wheat from the chaff, sort out + the wheat from the chaff, sift + the wheat from the chaff.
    * separar haciendo palanca = pry + Nombre + out, prise + Nombre + out.
    * separar la realidad de la ficción = distinguish + fact from fiction.
    * separar las manos = spread out + hands.
    * separar + Nombre + de + Nombre = discern + Nombre + from + Nombre.
    * separarse = drift apart, part, divorce, go (our/their) separate ways, fork.
    * separarse (de) = become + parted from, move away from, turn away from, secede (from).
    * separarse descendiendo = droop away from.
    * separar una pelea = break up + fight, break up + fight.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (apartar, alejar) to separate; < boxeadores> to separate, part
    b) ( dividir un todo) to divide
    2)
    a) ( deslindar) to separate, divide
    b) ( despegar)
    3) (frml) ( destituir) to dismiss (frml)

    fue separado de su cargo/sus funciones — he was removed from office/relieved of his duties (frml)

    2.
    separarse v pron
    a) matrimonio to separate

    se separaron hace un mes — they separated o split up a month ago

    b) (apartarse, alejarse) to split up

    no se separen, que los pequeños se pueden perder — please stay together in case the children get lost

    separarse DE algo/alguien: esta niña no se separa del televisor this child is always glued to the television; no me he separado nunca de mis hijos I've never been away o apart from my children; no se separen de su equipaje — do not leave your luggage unattended

    c) (guardar, reservar) to put o set aside
    * * *
    = carry off, cut off, detach, put by, segregate, separate, sift, screen out, tell out into, sort out + Nombre + from + Nombre, drive + a wedge between, hive off, disaggregate, sever, prise + Nombre + apart, unbundle, spread out, sift out, cleave, tease apart, balkanize, sunder, decouple, strip off, splay.

    Ex: The 'sweated' rags were pounded to a pulp (or stuff) by water-powered hammers, impurities being carried off through filters by running water.

    Ex: The stages are not cut off from one another, are not sharply defined.
    Ex: The words from the deleted abstract in the abstract word file will be detached when DOBIS/LIBIS is not busy with other work.
    Ex: The raw material of white paper was undyed linen -- or in very early days hempen -- rags, which the paper-maker bought in bulk, sorted and washed, and then put by in a damp heap for four or five days to rot.
    Ex: In summary, the advantages of the electronic catalog is the ability to segregate the fast searches from the slowest.
    Ex: The description of the component part is separated from that of the host document by a double slash.
    Ex: Thus many non-relevant documents have been retrieved and examined in the process of sifting relevant and non-relevant documents.
    Ex: Most journals rely for a substantial part of their income on advertisements; how would advertisers view the prospect of being selectively screened out by readers?.
    Ex: The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.
    Ex: Ward's study is likely to remain a standard reference source for years to come, but trying to sort out the generalities from the particularities is a very difficult business.
    Ex: While the current problems associated with serial economics have driven a wedge between vendors, librarians and publishers, they should be cooperating and communicating in order to withstand the information explosion.
    Ex: Non-fiction is normally shelved according to the Dewey decimal system with perhaps a major category such as autobiography and biography hived off as a completely separate ad hoc classification.
    Ex: Outcomes can be disaggregated along age, class, ethnic, racial, & gender dimensions.
    Ex: This art is is mass produced, often mechanically, and thus severed from tradition.
    Ex: The symbiotic relationship between scholarly discourse and scholarly publication that has existed for 3 centuries is being prised apart by new technology.
    Ex: It is recommended that CD-ROM producers unbundle the retrieval software from the data.
    Ex: For instance, in reproduction of Renoir's work under the subject IMPRESSIONISM, Renoir's works would not stand together in the catalog but be spread out according to their titles.
    Ex: Whichever he chooses he will still have to sift out and categorize the numerous errors that disfigure all the early texts of the play.
    Ex: Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.
    Ex: The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.
    Ex: The scholarly system has become balkanized into autonomous, even antagonistic, cultures or camps based on differing technological competencies and interests.
    Ex: Both novels tell essentially the same story, that of a woman sundered from her high estate and her betrothed.
    Ex: The physical library will probably become less viable over time and so it is important to decouple the information professional from the library unit.
    Ex: They gathered a whole sackful, stripped off the husks, and filled the sack again.
    Ex: Walk your feet up the wall, then take the belt and place it on your upper arms right above your elbows to keep your arms from splaying.
    * Hasta que la muerte nos separe = Till death do us part.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * separar con una cortina = curtain off.
    * separar de = wean from, isolate from, divide from, wean away from.
    * separar el grano de la paja = divide into + Adjetivo + sheep and + Adjetivo + goats, sort the + Adjetivo + sheep from the + Adjetivo + goats, separate + the wheat from the chaff, sort out + the wheat from the chaff, sift + the wheat from the chaff.
    * separar haciendo palanca = pry + Nombre + out, prise + Nombre + out.
    * separar la realidad de la ficción = distinguish + fact from fiction.
    * separar las manos = spread out + hands.
    * separar + Nombre + de + Nombre = discern + Nombre + from + Nombre.
    * separarse = drift apart, part, divorce, go (our/their) separate ways, fork.
    * separarse (de) = become + parted from, move away from, turn away from, secede (from).
    * separarse descendiendo = droop away from.
    * separar una pelea = break up + fight, break up + fight.

    * * *
    separar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (apartar, alejar) to separate
    dos transeúntes intentaron separarlos two passersby tried to separate o part them
    ha hecho todo lo posible por separarnos he has done everything he can to split us up
    las consonantes dobles no se separan en español in Spanish, double consonants should not be split up
    la maestra las separó porque charlaban mucho the teacher separated them o split them up because they were talking so much
    separa la cama de la pared move the bed away from the wall
    no se aconseja separar a la madre de su ternero it is not advisable to take the calf away from its mother
    separar la yema de la clara separate the white from the yolk
    separar los machos de las hembras to separate the males from the females
    2 (dividir un todo) to divide
    separar las palabras en sílabas divide the words into syllables
    la guerra separó a muchas familias the war divided many families
    3 (guardar, reservar) to put o set aside
    sepárame un trocito para Pablo, que va a venir más tarde can you put o set aside a slice for Pablo, he'll be coming later
    separa la ropa que llevarás puesta put the clothes you're going to wear on one side
    B
    1 (deslindar) to separate, divide
    una valla separa a los hinchas de los dos equipos there is a fence separating the fans of the two teams
    los separan profundas diferencias they are divided by deepseated differences
    separar algo DE algo to separate sth FROM sth
    los Andes separan Argentina de Chile the Andes separate Argentina from Chile
    2
    (despegar): no puedo separar estas dos fotos I can't get these two photographs apart
    separa las lonchas de jamón separate the slices of ham
    no separe la etiqueta antes de rellenarla do not remove o detach the label before filling it in
    C ( frml) (destituir) to dismiss ( frml)
    fue separado de su cargo/sus funciones he was removed from office/relieved of his duties ( frml)
    separar del servicio ( Mil) to discharge
    1 «matrimonio» to separate
    se separaron tras diez años de matrimonio they separated o split up after ten years of marriage
    es hijo de padres separados his parents are separated
    separarse DE algn to separate FROM sb
    se separó de su marido en octubre she separated from her husband in October
    2 (alejarse, apartarse) to split up
    a mitad de camino nos separamos we split up half way
    los socios se separaron en 1996 they dissolved their partnership in 1996 ( frml), the partners split up in 1996
    no se separen, que los pequeños se pueden perder please don't split up o divide up o please stay together in case the children get lost
    separarse DE algo/algn:
    esta niña no se separa del televisor this child is always glued to the television
    no me he separado nunca de mis hijos I've never been away o apart from my children
    no se separen de su equipaje do not leave your luggage unattended
    * * *

     

    separar ( conjugate separar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (apartar, alejar) to separate;


    separa la cama de la pared move the bed away from the wall

    c) (guardar, reservar) to put o set aside

    2
    a) ( actuar de división) [valla/línea] to separate;


    b) ( despegar):


    separarse verbo pronominal

    separarse DE algn to separate from sb


    c) (apartarse, alejarse):

    ◊ no se separen, que los pequeños se pueden perder please stay together in case the children get lost;

    no me he separado nunca de mis hijos I've never been away o apart from my children
    separar verbo transitivo
    1 (aumentar la distancia física) to move apart
    2 (poner aparte) to separate: separa las rosas de los claveles, separate the roses from the carnations
    3 (reservar) to save
    4 (algo pegado, grapado) to detach
    5 (distanciar, disgregar) to divide
    ' separar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - desgajar
    - desunir
    - paja
    - quitar
    - segregar
    - aislar
    - apartar
    - cortar
    - desmontar
    - desprender
    English:
    detach
    - divide
    - divorce
    - fence off
    - part
    - peel off
    - prise
    - pull apart
    - screen off
    - separate
    - sort out
    - space
    - split up
    - twist off
    - wall off
    - fence
    - pull
    - screen
    - sort
    - splay
    - split
    - wall
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [alejar, dividir, aislar] to separate (de from);
    lo han separado de sus hijos they've taken his children away from him;
    tuvo que venir la policía para separarlos the police had to be called to break them up o separate them;
    el muro que separa los dos campos the wall separating o that separates the two fields;
    separar algo en grupos/partes iguales to divide sth into groups/equal parts;
    son muchas las cosas que nos separan there are many differences between us;
    quiere separar su vida privada de su vida pública she wants to keep her private life separate from her public life
    2. [apartar, dejar espacio entre] to move away (de from);
    separe el cuerpo del volante keep your body away from the steering wheel;
    separa un poco las sillas move the chairs apart a bit;
    separa bien las piernas open your legs wide
    3. [desunir, quitar]
    las hojas se han pegado y no las puedo separar the pages have stuck together and I can't separate them o get them apart;
    separe la carne del caldo remove the meat from the stock;
    no separaba los ojos del reloj she never took her eyes off the clock
    4. [reservar] to put aside
    5. [destituir]
    separar de to remove o dismiss from;
    fue separado del cargo he was removed (from his post), he was dismissed (from his job);
    separaron al coronel del servicio the colonel was removed from active service
    * * *
    v/t separate
    * * *
    1) : to separate, to divide
    2) : to split up, to pull apart
    ♦ separarse vr
    * * *
    1. (en general) to separate
    2. (apartar) to move away

    Spanish-English dictionary > separar

  • 6 करण


    káraṇa
    (once karaṇá RV. I, 119, 7)

    mf (ī)n. doing, making, effecting, causing (esp. ifc.;
    cf. antakaraṇa, ushṇaṉ-k-, etc.) R. etc.;
    clever, skilful RV. I, 119, 7 ;
    m. a helper, companion AV. VI, 46, 2; XV, 5, 1-6; XIX, 57, 3 ;
    a man of a mixed class (the son of an outcast Kshatriya Mn. X, 22 ;
    orﾠ the son of a Ṡūdra woman by a Vaiṡya Yājñ. I, 92 ;
    orﾠ the son of a Vaiṡya woman by a Kshatriya MBh. I, 2446; 4521 ;
    the occupation of this class is writing, accounts etc.) a writer, scribe W. ;
    (in Gr.) a sound orﾠ word as an independent part of speech ( orﾠ as separated from the context;
    in this sense usually n.) Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 41 Pat. Comm. on RPrāt. ;
    (in mus.) a kind of time Kum. VI, 40 ;
    (ī) f. a woman of the above mixed tribe Yājñ. I, 95 ;
    (with sutā) an adopted daughter R. (ed. Gorr.) I, 19, 9 ;
    (in arithm.) a surd orﾠ irrational number, surd root;
    the side of a square Ṡulbas. Comm. on VS. ;
    a particular measure Comm. on KātyṠr. ;
    a particular position of the fingers;
    (am) n. the act of making, doing, producing, effecting ṠBr. MBh. etc. (very often ifc. e.g.. mushṭi-k-, virūpa-k-);
    an act, deed RV. ;
    an action (esp. a religious one) Yājñ. I, 250 R. ;
    the special business of any tribe orﾠ caste L. ;
    a calculation (esp. an astronomical one) VarBṛS. ;
    an astrological division of the day (these Karaṇas are eleven, viz. vava, valava, kaulava, taitila, gara, vaṇija, vishṭi, ṡakuni, catushpada, kintughna, andﾠ nāga, two being equal to a lunar day;
    the first seven are called a-dhruvāṇi orﾠ movable, andﾠ fill, eight times repeated, the space from the second half of the first day in the moon's increase to the first half of the fourteenth day in its wane;
    the four others are dhruvāṇi orﾠ fixed, andﾠ occupy the four half-days from the second half of the fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the first day in its increase) VarBṛS. Suṡr. etc.;
    pronunciation, articulation, APrāt. ;
    (in Gr.) a sound orﾠ word as an independent part of speech, separated from its context Pāṇ. Kāṡ. etc., ( karaṇa may be used in this way like kāra e.g.. iti-karaṇa ṠāṇkhṠr.);
    the posture of an ascetic;
    a posture in sexual intercourse;
    instrument, means of action ṠvetUp. Yājñ. Megh. ;
    an organ of sense orﾠ of speech VPrāt. PārGṛ. ;
    (in law) an instrument, document, bond Mn. VIII, 51; 52; 154 ;
    (in Gr.) the means orﾠ instrument by which an action is effected, the idea expressed by the instrumental case, instrumentality
    Pāṇ. 1-4, 42; II, 3, 18; III, 2, 45 ;
    cause (= kāraṇa);
    a spell, charm Kathās. (cf. karaṇa-prayoga);
    rhythm, time Kum. ;
    body Megh. Kum. Kād. ;
    N. of a treatise of Varāha-mihira on the motion of the planets;
    of a work belonging to the Ṡiva-darṡana;
    a field L. ;
    the mind, heart W. (cf. antaḥ-karaṇa);
    grain W.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > करण

  • 7 निर् _nir

    निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also.
    -Comp. -अंश a.
    1 whole, entire.
    -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property.
    -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः
    1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā.
    -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal.
    -3 the equatorial region.
    -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate.
    -अग्नि a. having lost or neg- lected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1.
    -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remain- der.
    -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, indepen- dence.
    -अघ a. sinless, blameless.
    -अङ्ग a.
    1 having no parts.
    -2 deprived of expedients or resources.
    -अजिन a. skinless.
    -अञ्जन a.
    1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52.
    -2 unstained, untinged.
    -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3.
    -4 simple, artless.
    (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the Supreme Being.
    (-ना) 1 the day of full moon.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, un- rivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (
    -यः) the Supreme Being.
    -अत्यय a.
    1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53.
    -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61.
    -3 com- pletely successful.
    -अधिष्ठान a.
    1 supportless.
    -2 in- dependent.
    -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way.
    -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (
    -शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness.
    -अनुग a. having no followers.
    -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7.
    -अनुनासिक a. not nasal.
    -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences.
    -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless.
    -अनुरोध a.
    1 unfavourable, unfriendly.
    -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1.
    -अन्तर a.
    -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25.
    -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66.
    -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76.
    -4 coarse, gross.
    -5 faithful, true (as a friend).
    -6 not hidden from view.
    -7 not different, similar, identical.
    -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341.
    -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly.
    -2 without intervening space or interval.
    -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11.
    -4 immedia- tely. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or pra- ctice.
    -अन्तराल a.
    1 without an intervening space, close.
    -2 narrow.
    -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry.
    -अन्वय a.
    1 having no progeny, childless.
    -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198.
    -3 not agreeing with the con- text (as a word in a sentence).
    -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical.
    -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332.
    -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय.
    -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7.
    -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।).
    -अपत्रप a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold.
    -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blame- less. (
    -धः) innocence.
    -अपवर्त a.
    1 not turning back.
    -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms.
    -अपवाद a.
    1 blameless.
    -2 not admitting of any exception.
    -अपाय a.
    1 free from harm or evil.
    -2 free from decay, imperishable.
    -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2.
    -अपेक्ष a.
    1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39.
    -2 disregarding, taking no notice of.
    -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82.
    -4 careless, negligent, indifferent
    -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41.
    -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5.
    -7 without purpose. (
    -क्षा) indifference, disregard.
    -अपेक्षित a.
    1 disregarded.
    -2 regardless.
    -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent.
    -अभिभव a.
    1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace.
    -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled.
    -अभिमान a.
    1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism.
    -2 void of self-respect.
    -3 unconscious.
    -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7.
    -अभिसंधानम् absence of design.
    -अभ्र a. cloudless.
    -अमर्ष a.
    1 void of anger, patient.
    -2 apa- thetic.
    -अम्बर a. naked.
    -अम्बु a.
    1 abstaining from water.
    -2 waterless, destitute of water.
    -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (
    -लम्) ind. freely.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194.
    -2 meaningless, un- meaning (as a word or sentence).
    -3 non-sensical.
    -4 vain, useless, purposeless.
    (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment.
    -2 nonsense.
    -अर्थक a.
    1 useless, vain, unprofitable.
    -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D.
    -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (
    -कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6.
    -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity.
    -अवकाश a.
    1 without free space.
    -2 without leisure.
    -अवग्रह a.
    1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, un- checked, uncontrolled, irresistible.
    -2 free, indepen- dent.
    -3 self-willed, head-strong. (
    -हम्) ind.
    1 un- interruptedly.
    -2 intensely, strongly.
    -अवद्य a.
    1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1.
    -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions).
    -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6.
    -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3.
    1 without parts.
    -2 indivisible.
    -3 without limbs.
    -अवलम्ब a.
    1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6.
    -2 not affording support.
    -3 not depending or relying on.
    -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally).
    -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt.
    -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable.
    - अशन a. abstaining from food. (
    -नम्) fasting.
    -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11.
    -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (
    -ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old.
    -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed.
    -अस्थि a. boneless.
    -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13.
    -अहंकृत a.
    1 having no egotism or self-consciousness.
    -2 without individuality.
    -3 unselfish.
    -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4.
    -आकाङ्क्ष a.
    1 wishing nothing, free from desire.
    -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence).
    -आकार a.
    1 devoid of form, formless, without form.
    -2 ugly, deformed.
    -3 disguised.
    -4 unassuming, modest.
    (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impres- sed on the mind; Sarva. S.
    -आकृति a.
    1 formless, shapeless.
    -2 deformed.
    (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas.
    -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48.
    -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154.
    -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied,
    -आकुल a.
    1 unconfused, unperplexed, un- bewildered; Ki.11.38.
    -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28.
    -3 clear.
    -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1.
    (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity.
    -2 perspicuity, clearness.
    -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (
    -दः) a place where no sound can be heard.
    -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled.
    - आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas.
    -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48.
    -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian.
    -आडम्बर a.
    1 without drums.
    -2 without show, unostentatious.
    -आतङ्क a.
    1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6).
    -2 without ailment, comfort- able, healthy.
    -3 not causing pain.
    -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    - आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (
    -पा) the night.
    - आदर a. disrespectful.
    -आदान a.
    1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3.
    -2 an epithet of Buddha.
    -आधार a.
    1 without a receptacle.
    -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39.
    -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety.
    -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful.
    -आन्त्र a.
    1 disembowelled.
    -2 having the entrails hanging out.
    -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity.
    -आबाध a.
    1 unvexed, unmolested, undis- turbed, free from disturbance.
    -2 unobstructed.
    -3 not molesting or disturbing.
    -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā.
    1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale.
    -2 untainted, pure.
    -3 guileless.
    -4 free from defects or blemishes.
    -5 full, complete.
    -6 infallible.
    -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (
    -यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8.
    (-यः) 1 a wild goat.
    -2 a hog or boar.
    -आमिष a.
    1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh.
    -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49.
    -3 receiving no wages or remuneration.
    -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless.
    -यः an idler living from hand to mouth.
    1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8.
    -2 contracted, compact.
    -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17.
    -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14.
    -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy.
    -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless.
    -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11.
    -आलम्ब a.
    1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53.
    -2 not depending on another, independent.
    -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (
    -म्बा) spikenard. (
    -म्बम्) Brahman.
    -आलोक a.
    1 not looking about or seeing.
    -2 deprived of sight.
    -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35.
    -5 invisible. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident.
    -आश a.
    1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2.
    -2 depriving (one) of all hope.
    -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13.
    -आशङ्क a. fearless.
    -आशा hopeless- ness, despair.
    -आशिस् a.
    1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13.
    -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76.
    -आश्रय a.
    1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41.
    -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता.
    -3 not deep (as a wound).
    -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, un- savoury.
    -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (
    -रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31.
    -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6.
    -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent.
    -इन्द्रिय a.
    1 having lost a limb or the use of it.
    -2 mutilated, maimed.
    -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3.
    -4 barren.
    -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18.
    -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.).
    -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel.
    -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति.
    -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine.
    -ईषम् the body of a plough.
    -ईह a.
    1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16.
    -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24.
    (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity.
    -2 indifference.
    -उच्छ्वास a.
    1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6.
    -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32.
    -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (
    -सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 answerless, without a reply.
    -2 un- able to answer, silenced.
    -3 having no superior.
    -उत्थ a. irrecoverable.
    -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.)
    -उत्सव a. without festivi- ties; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66.
    -उत्साह a.
    1 inactive, indolent.
    -2 devoid of energy.
    (-हः) 1 absence of energy.
    -2 indolence.
    -उत्सुक a.
    1 indifferent.
    -2 calm, tranquil.
    - उदक a. waterless.
    1 having no belly or trunk.
    -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31.
    -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle.
    उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm.
    -उपक्रम a.
    1 without a commencement.
    -2 incurable.
    -उपद्रव a.
    1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adver- sity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks.
    -2 free from national distress or tyranny.
    -3 causing no affliction.
    -4 auspicious (as a star).
    -5 secure, peaceful.
    -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.).
    -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable.
    1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19.
    -2 unconnected with a subordinate word.
    -उपप्लव a.
    1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3.
    -2 not causing any affliction or misery.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4.
    - उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable.
    -उपसर्ग free from portents.
    -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14.
    1 not injured, unhurt.
    -2 auspicious, lucky.
    -उपाख्य a.
    1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र).
    -2 immaterial.
    -3 invisible. (
    -ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman.
    -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute.
    -उपाय a.
    1 without expedients, helpless.
    -2 unsuc- cessful.
    -उपेक्ष a.
    1 free from trick or fraud.
    -2 not neglectful.
    -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold.
    -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree.
    -गर्व a. free from pride.
    -गवाक्ष a. windowless.
    -गुण a.
    1 stringless (as a bow).
    -2 devoid of all properties.
    -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115.
    -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P.
    -5 having no epithet. (
    -णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities.
    -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39.
    -गौरव a.
    1 without dignity, undignified.
    -2 devoid of respect.
    -ग्रन्थ a.
    1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1.
    -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly.
    -3 alone, unassisted.
    (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool.
    -2 a gambler.
    -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit.
    -4 A Buddha Muni.
    -ग्रन्थक a.
    1 clever, expert.
    -2 unaccompanied, alone.
    -3 deserted, abandoned.
    -4 fruitless. (
    -कः 1 a religious mendicant.
    -2 a naked devotee.
    -3 a gam- bler.
    -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (
    -कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class.
    -घटम् 1 a free market.
    -2 a crowded market.
    -घण्टः See निघण्टः.
    -घृण a.
    1 cruel, merciless, pitiless.
    -2 shame- less, immodest.
    -घृणा cruelty.
    -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm.
    -जन a.
    1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate.
    -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (
    -नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place.
    -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga.
    -जर a.
    1 young, fresh.
    -2 imperishable, immortal. (
    -रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (
    -रम्) ambrosia, nectar.
    -जरायु a. Ved. skinless.
    -जल a.
    1 waterless, desert, destitute of water.
    -2 not mixed with water. (
    -लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha.
    -जाड्य free from coldness.
    -जिह्वः a frog.
    -जीव a.
    1 lifeless.
    -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्.
    -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone.
    -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy.
    -दण्डः a Śūdra.
    -दय a.
    1 merci- less, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind.
    -2 passion- ate.
    -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18.
    -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239.
    -दयम् ind.
    1 unmercifully, cruelly.
    -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84.
    -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11.
    - दशन a. toothless.
    -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous.
    -दुःख a.
    1 free from pain, painless.
    -2 not causing pain.
    -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable.
    -दोष a.
    1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम्
    -2 guiltless, innocent.
    -द्रव्य a.
    1 immaterial.
    -2 without property, poor.
    -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious.
    -द्वन्द्व a.
    1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45.
    -2 not dependent upon another, independent.
    -3 free from jealousy or envy.
    -4 not double.
    -5 not contested, un- disputed.
    -6 not acknowledging two principles.
    -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (
    -नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence.
    -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy.
    -धूम a. smokeless.
    -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43.
    -नमस्कार a.
    1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one.
    -2 disrespected, despised.
    -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted.
    -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2.
    -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता
    1 want of protection.
    -2 widowhood.
    -3 orphanage.
    -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7.
    -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic.
    -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing.
    -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful.
    -निमित्त a.
    1 causeless.
    -2 disinterested.
    -निमेष a. not twinkling.
    -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless.
    -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble.
    -बाध a.
    1 unobstructed.
    -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary.
    -3 unmolested.
    (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow.
    -2 a knob.
    -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (
    -जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा).
    -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish.
    -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff.
    -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine).
    -भय a.
    1 fearless, undaunted.
    -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255.
    -भर a.
    1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47.
    -2 ardent.
    -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1.
    -4 sound, deep (as sleep).
    -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (
    -रः) a servant receiving no wages. (
    -रम्) excess. (
    -रम् ind.)
    1 ex- cessively, exceedingly, intensely.
    -2 soundly.
    -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky.
    -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27.
    -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless.
    -भोगः a. not fond of plea- sures.
    -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (
    -कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6.
    -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre.
    -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū.
    -मत्स्य a. fishless.
    -मद a.
    1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet.
    -2 not proud, humble.
    -3 sad, sorry.
    -4 not in rut (as an elephant).
    -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men.
    -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent.
    -मन्त्र a.
    1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts.
    -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43.
    -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4.
    -मम a.
    1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3.
    -2 unselfish, disinterested.
    -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -मर्याद a.
    1 boundless, immeasurable.
    -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22.
    -3 confused.
    -4 insolent, immodest. (
    -दम्) ind. confusedly, topsy- turvy. (
    -दम्) confusion, disorder.
    -मल a.
    1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63.
    -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56.
    -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318.
    (-लम्) 1 talc.
    -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal.
    - मशक a. free from gnats.
    -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3.
    -मान a.
    1 without self-confidence.
    -2 free from pride.
    -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate.
    -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless.
    -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga.
    -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a rogue. (
    -टम्) a large free market or fair.
    -मूल a.
    1 rootless (as a tree).
    -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.).
    -3 eradicated.
    -मेघ a. cloudless.
    -मेध a. without un- derstanding, stupid, foolish, dull.
    -मोह a. free from illusion. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull.
    -यन्त्रण a.
    1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted.
    -2 unruly, self-willed, in- dependent.
    (-णम्) 1 squeezing out.
    -2 absence of restraint, independence.
    -यशस्क a. without fame, dis- creditable, inglorious.
    -युक्त a.
    1 constructed, built.
    -2 directed.
    -3 (in music) limited to metre and mea- sure.
    -युक्ति f.
    1 disunion.
    -2 absence of connection or government.
    -3 unfitness, impropriety.
    -युक्तिक a.
    1 disjoined, unconnected.
    -2 illogical, unmeaning.
    -3 unfit, improper.
    -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant).
    -यूष = निर्यास.
    -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45.
    -रक्त a. (
    -नीरक्त) colourless, faded.
    -रज, -रजस्क a.
    (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust.
    -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (
    -जः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see
    नीरज. (-f.) a woman not men- struating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness.
    -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent.
    -रन्ध्र a.
    (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23.
    -2 thick, dense.
    -3 coarse, gross.
    -रव a. (
    -नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58.
    -रस a.
    (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless.
    -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1.
    -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9.
    -4 vain, use- less, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11.
    -5 disagreeable.
    -6 cruel, merciless. (
    -सः) the pomegranate.
    - रसन a. (
    नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11.
    -रुच् a. (
    नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27.
    -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1.
    -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless.
    (-पः) 1 air, wind.
    -2 a god. (
    -पम्) ether.
    -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured.
    -2 undisting- uished.
    -3 unimportant, insignificant.
    -4 unspotted.
    -5 having a white back.
    -लक्ष्य a. invisible.
    -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent.
    -लाञ्छनम् the marking of dome- stic animals (by perforating the nose &c.).
    -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks.
    -लिप्त a.
    1 unanointed.
    -2 undefiled, unsullied.
    -3 indifferent to.
    (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -2 a sage.
    -लून a. cut through or off.
    -लेप a.
    1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112.
    -2 stainless, sinless. (
    -पः) a sage.
    -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious.
    -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless.
    -वंश a. without posterity, childless.
    1 not speaking, silent.
    -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately).
    -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19.
    -वण, -वन a.
    1 being out of a wood.
    -2 free from woods.
    -3 bare, open.
    -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3.
    -वर = निर्दरम् q. v.
    -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor.
    -वाच्य a.
    1 not fit to be said.
    -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48.
    -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (
    -तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124.
    -वानर a. free from monkeys.
    -वायस a. free from crows.
    -वार्य a.
    1 irresistible.
    -2 acting fearlessly or boldly.
    -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a.
    1 not admitting an alternative.
    -2 being without determination or resolu- tion.
    -3 not capable of mutual relation.
    -4 conditioned.
    -5 undeliberative.
    -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23.
    -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (
    -ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering.
    -विकार a.
    1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable.
    -2 not dispos- ed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14.
    -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (
    -रः) the Supreme deity.
    -विकास a. unblown.
    -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (
    -घ्नम्) absence of impedi- ment.
    -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, incon- siderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (
    -रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly.
    -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection.
    -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14.
    -वितर्क a. unreflecting.
    -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9.
    -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28.
    -विमर्श a.
    1 void of reflec- tion, thoughtless.
    -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi.
    -विवर a.
    1 having no opening or cavity.
    2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44.
    -विवाद a.
    1 not contending or disagreeing.
    -2 undisputed, not contra- dicted or disputed, universally acknowledged.
    -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish.
    -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85.
    -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without dis- tinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'.
    -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22.
    -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (
    -षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscrimi- nately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.).
    -विशेषण a. without attributes.
    -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः.
    -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent.
    -विषय a.
    1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also
    -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4.
    -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1.
    -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind).
    -विषाण a. destitute of horns.
    -विहार a. having no pleasure.
    -वीज, -बीज a.
    1 seedless.
    -2 impotent.
    -3 causeless.
    -वीर a.
    1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31.
    -2 cowardly.
    -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead.
    -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34.
    -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless.
    -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति.
    -वृष a. depriv- ed of bulls.
    -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm.
    -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried.
    -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel.
    -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle.
    -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (
    -रम्) absence of enmity.
    -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless.
    -व्यञ्जन a.
    1 straight-forward.
    -2 without condiment. (
    -नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner.
    -व्यथ, -न a.
    1 free from pain.
    -2 quiet, calm.
    -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak.
    -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39.
    -व्यलीक a.
    1 not hurting or offending.
    -2 without pain.
    -3 pleased, doing anything willingly.
    -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling.
    -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare.
    -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither.
    -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination.
    -व्याकुल a. calm.
    -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers.
    -व्याज a.
    1 candid, upright, honest, plain.
    -2 without fraud, true, genuine.
    -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.)
    -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (
    -जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85.
    -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit.
    -व्यापार a.
    1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56.
    -2 motionless; U.6.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. not invol- ving any return (to worldly existence).
    -व्रण a.
    1 un- hurt, without wounds.
    -2 without rents.
    -व्रत a. not observing vows.
    -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent.
    -हिमम् cessation of winter.
    -हेति a. weaponless.
    -हेतु a. cause- less, having no cause or reason.
    -ह्रीक a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold, daring.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > निर् _nir

  • 8 פרש

    פָּרַש(b. h.) (to divide, separate, 1) (neut. verb) to go away, go aside, depart; to keep off. Yoma I, 5 הוא פוֹרֵש … פּוֹרְשִׁיןוכ׳ he turned aside and wept, and so did they. Y.Keth.I, 25d bot. ראו אותו פירש מציפורין they saw him come out of Sepphoris (so that he is presumably an inhabitant of Sepphoris); פירש מן הבתים they saw him leave one of the houses of Sepphoris. Num. R. s. 9 את פָּרַשְׁתְּ מדרךוכ׳ thou didst depart from the way (disregard the customs) of Israels daughters. Zeb.113a (play on פרשה, Num. 19:5) מקים שפּוֹרֶשֶׁת למיתהוכ׳ there where she departs for death, she shall be burnt. Y.M. Kat. I, 80b bot. (ref. to Lev. 13:45) כדי שתהא טומאה … פְּרוֹש: that the uncleanness itself may cry out …, ‘keep off; Y.Maas. Sh. V, beg. 55d; a. fr. 2) to pass, cross. Yalk. Prov. 946; Yalk. Num. 738 הספינות פּוֹרְשוֹת בים the ships make their way through the sea. 3) (act. verb) to separate, keep off. Num. R. s. 10 כשם שאדם פירש את עצמווכ׳ as a person keeps himself away (abstains) from the fruits of Orlah, so will those who misbehave towards their handmaids, be separated from the virtuous on the day of judgment.; a. fr.Part. pass. פָּרוּש, q. v. 4) (cmp. פָּרַט) to single out, specify, speak distinctly. Ib. (expl. יַפְלִא, Num. 6:2) כשיִפְרוֹש לנדורוכ׳ when he speaks out his vow, to the exclusion of him who thinks it in his heart; a. fr.Sifré Num. 24 עד שיפרוש לך … כדרך שפירשוכ׳ (Yalk. ib. 710 שיפרוט … שפרט), v. פָּרַט. Nif. נִפְרַש to be separated, kept away. Lev. R. s. 22 והן נִפְרָשִׁים מעבודה זרה and thus they will be kept away from idolatrous worship; a. e. Pi. פֵּירֵש 1) (neut. verb) to depart, withdraw; to abstain. Snh.82b היה לו … לפרוש ולא פי׳ Zimri might have withdrawn (from the woman), but he did not. Ib. a אם פ׳וכ׳ if Z. had withdrawn, and Phineas had slain him Pes.87b פ׳ מן האשה withdrew from contact with his wife. Gen. R. s. 20 שפֵּייְשָׁה היה מאדם that Eve was separated from Adam.Sabb.86b פירשה מן האיש the semen issued from a man.Pes.49b שנה ופ׳ קשהוכ׳ he that studied and gave it up, is the worst of all (in hostility to scholars); a. fr. 2) to go on a voyage; to cross the ocean (cmp. פָּלַג Hif.). Y.M. Kat. III, beg. 81c אסיר לפָרֵש לים הגדול it is forbidden to start on a sea voyage (during the festive week). Y.Yeb.XVI, 15d top עשיתי מְפָרֵשוכ׳ I was crossing Y.Meg.II, 73b top מְפָרְשֵׁי ימים voyagers on the sea; a. fr. 3) (act. verb) to separate. Gen. R. s. 22 אילו רצה המלך פֵּירְשָׁן ולא רצה המלך לפָרְשָׁן if the king desired it, he would separate them (the fighters), but the king does not wish to separate them; Yalk. ib. 38. 4) to specify, express clearly. Ib. א״א לפה לפָרְשוֹ no mouth can express it. Men.91a דמְפָרֵש when he (in making his vow) specified (‘sheep or ‘cattle), opp. בסתמא. Gen. R. s. 6 אנשי … פֵּירְשוּ איתו the men of the Great Assembly said it plainly. Snh.VII, 5 עד שיְפָרֵש השם until he mentions the Name expressly (uses the Tetragrammaton), opp. כִּינּוּי. Gitt.36a שיהו עדים מְפָרְשִׁין שמותיהן that witnesses must sign their full names; a. fr.Part. pass. מְפיֹרָש, f. מְפוֹרֶשֶׁת; pl. מְפוֹרָשִׁים, מְפוֹרָשִׁין; מְפוֹרָשוֹת. B. Kam.54b, a. fr. מה הפרט מפ׳, v. פְּרָט. B. Mets.94b שלישת בשואל מפ׳ that the third paragraph treats of a borrower, is explicitly stated (Ex. 22:13). Sot.38a, a. fr. שם המפ׳ the special Name (the Tetragrammaton), v. supra. Zeb.53a, v. סָתַם. Ḥag.22b ומה סתימות … מפ׳וכ׳ if your undefined teachings are so well-founded, how much more your explicit teachings; a. fr. 5) to explain, interpret, define. Ned.2b פתח … ומפרש ידות the Mishnah begins with kinnuyim …, and goes on explaining yadoth! Zeb.13a ואין לי לפרש and I am unable to explain (the reason of the distinction between receiving and sprinkling the blood); אני אֲפָרֵש I shall explain it. Ned.81a דבר זה … ולא פֵירְשוּהוּ עד שפֵּירְשוֹוכ׳ that question (Jer. 9:11) was asked of prophets and scholars, and they could not explain it, until the Lord himself explained it (ib. 12). Kat. 16b; Ber.18a לא פֵירְשוּ לך they did not interpret (the verse) to you; v. שָׁנָה. Gen. R. s. 31 ולא פ׳ and did not explain (of what material the serpent was to be made); Y.R. Hash. III, end, 59a; a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. Meg.3a, a. e. (ref. to Neh. 8:8) מפ׳ זה תרגים mforash means interpretation. Hithpa. הִתְפָּרֵש, Nithpa. נִתְפָּרֵש to be specified, defined; to be explained. Lev. R. s. 6 כל נביא שנתפ׳ a prophet; whose name is stated. Gen. R. l. c. בשלשה נ׳ ובאחד לא נ׳ in three places (in which עֲשֵׁה occurs) the command is specified, but in the fourth (Num. 21:8) it is not specified, v. supra. Yalk. Gen. 20 דבר שאינו מִתְפָּרֵש במקימווכ׳ a thing which is not defined in its original place but is defined i in another passage; a. e. Hif. הִפְרִיש 1) to separate; to set aside, dedicate. Yoma I, 1 מִפְרִישִׁין כהןוכ׳ they removed the high priest from his house to the cell Ter. IV, 1 המַפְרִיש מקצתוכ׳ he who sets aside one portion of what is due of Trumah or tithes. Num. R. s. 10 (ref. to Num. 6:11, ועשה) שיַפְרִשֵׁם הכהןוכ׳ that the priest when offering them designates them, one for a sin-offering Ib. (ref. to Prov. 23:32) מה צפעון זה מפריש … כך היין מפרישוכ׳ as the adder divides between life and death, so wine removes from the ways of life to those of death; Lev. R. s. 12 כךה׳ היין בין אדםוכ׳ so wine caused a separation between Adam and Eve; ה׳ היין בין נח לבניו לעבדות wine caused a division between Noah and his sons with regard to slavery; ה׳ היין בין אהרן ובניו למיתה wine caused a division between Aaron and his sons with regard to death; Yalk. Prov. 960. Tam.IV, 3 מן הכבד …ה׳ severed the lungs from the liver; a. fr.Part. pass. מוּפְרָש. Ned.I, 1 מוּפְרְשַׁנִי ממך I will be separated from thee (will have no dealings with thee, accept no favors); ib. 5a; a. e. 2) to go to sea. Gen. R. s. 13 היו מַפְרִישִׁין ליםוכ׳ were crossing the ocean; a. e.

    Jewish literature > פרש

  • 9 פָּרַש

    פָּרַש(b. h.) (to divide, separate, 1) (neut. verb) to go away, go aside, depart; to keep off. Yoma I, 5 הוא פוֹרֵש … פּוֹרְשִׁיןוכ׳ he turned aside and wept, and so did they. Y.Keth.I, 25d bot. ראו אותו פירש מציפורין they saw him come out of Sepphoris (so that he is presumably an inhabitant of Sepphoris); פירש מן הבתים they saw him leave one of the houses of Sepphoris. Num. R. s. 9 את פָּרַשְׁתְּ מדרךוכ׳ thou didst depart from the way (disregard the customs) of Israels daughters. Zeb.113a (play on פרשה, Num. 19:5) מקים שפּוֹרֶשֶׁת למיתהוכ׳ there where she departs for death, she shall be burnt. Y.M. Kat. I, 80b bot. (ref. to Lev. 13:45) כדי שתהא טומאה … פְּרוֹש: that the uncleanness itself may cry out …, ‘keep off; Y.Maas. Sh. V, beg. 55d; a. fr. 2) to pass, cross. Yalk. Prov. 946; Yalk. Num. 738 הספינות פּוֹרְשוֹת בים the ships make their way through the sea. 3) (act. verb) to separate, keep off. Num. R. s. 10 כשם שאדם פירש את עצמווכ׳ as a person keeps himself away (abstains) from the fruits of Orlah, so will those who misbehave towards their handmaids, be separated from the virtuous on the day of judgment.; a. fr.Part. pass. פָּרוּש, q. v. 4) (cmp. פָּרַט) to single out, specify, speak distinctly. Ib. (expl. יַפְלִא, Num. 6:2) כשיִפְרוֹש לנדורוכ׳ when he speaks out his vow, to the exclusion of him who thinks it in his heart; a. fr.Sifré Num. 24 עד שיפרוש לך … כדרך שפירשוכ׳ (Yalk. ib. 710 שיפרוט … שפרט), v. פָּרַט. Nif. נִפְרַש to be separated, kept away. Lev. R. s. 22 והן נִפְרָשִׁים מעבודה זרה and thus they will be kept away from idolatrous worship; a. e. Pi. פֵּירֵש 1) (neut. verb) to depart, withdraw; to abstain. Snh.82b היה לו … לפרוש ולא פי׳ Zimri might have withdrawn (from the woman), but he did not. Ib. a אם פ׳וכ׳ if Z. had withdrawn, and Phineas had slain him Pes.87b פ׳ מן האשה withdrew from contact with his wife. Gen. R. s. 20 שפֵּייְשָׁה היה מאדם that Eve was separated from Adam.Sabb.86b פירשה מן האיש the semen issued from a man.Pes.49b שנה ופ׳ קשהוכ׳ he that studied and gave it up, is the worst of all (in hostility to scholars); a. fr. 2) to go on a voyage; to cross the ocean (cmp. פָּלַג Hif.). Y.M. Kat. III, beg. 81c אסיר לפָרֵש לים הגדול it is forbidden to start on a sea voyage (during the festive week). Y.Yeb.XVI, 15d top עשיתי מְפָרֵשוכ׳ I was crossing Y.Meg.II, 73b top מְפָרְשֵׁי ימים voyagers on the sea; a. fr. 3) (act. verb) to separate. Gen. R. s. 22 אילו רצה המלך פֵּירְשָׁן ולא רצה המלך לפָרְשָׁן if the king desired it, he would separate them (the fighters), but the king does not wish to separate them; Yalk. ib. 38. 4) to specify, express clearly. Ib. א״א לפה לפָרְשוֹ no mouth can express it. Men.91a דמְפָרֵש when he (in making his vow) specified (‘sheep or ‘cattle), opp. בסתמא. Gen. R. s. 6 אנשי … פֵּירְשוּ איתו the men of the Great Assembly said it plainly. Snh.VII, 5 עד שיְפָרֵש השם until he mentions the Name expressly (uses the Tetragrammaton), opp. כִּינּוּי. Gitt.36a שיהו עדים מְפָרְשִׁין שמותיהן that witnesses must sign their full names; a. fr.Part. pass. מְפיֹרָש, f. מְפוֹרֶשֶׁת; pl. מְפוֹרָשִׁים, מְפוֹרָשִׁין; מְפוֹרָשוֹת. B. Kam.54b, a. fr. מה הפרט מפ׳, v. פְּרָט. B. Mets.94b שלישת בשואל מפ׳ that the third paragraph treats of a borrower, is explicitly stated (Ex. 22:13). Sot.38a, a. fr. שם המפ׳ the special Name (the Tetragrammaton), v. supra. Zeb.53a, v. סָתַם. Ḥag.22b ומה סתימות … מפ׳וכ׳ if your undefined teachings are so well-founded, how much more your explicit teachings; a. fr. 5) to explain, interpret, define. Ned.2b פתח … ומפרש ידות the Mishnah begins with kinnuyim …, and goes on explaining yadoth! Zeb.13a ואין לי לפרש and I am unable to explain (the reason of the distinction between receiving and sprinkling the blood); אני אֲפָרֵש I shall explain it. Ned.81a דבר זה … ולא פֵירְשוּהוּ עד שפֵּירְשוֹוכ׳ that question (Jer. 9:11) was asked of prophets and scholars, and they could not explain it, until the Lord himself explained it (ib. 12). Kat. 16b; Ber.18a לא פֵירְשוּ לך they did not interpret (the verse) to you; v. שָׁנָה. Gen. R. s. 31 ולא פ׳ and did not explain (of what material the serpent was to be made); Y.R. Hash. III, end, 59a; a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. Meg.3a, a. e. (ref. to Neh. 8:8) מפ׳ זה תרגים mforash means interpretation. Hithpa. הִתְפָּרֵש, Nithpa. נִתְפָּרֵש to be specified, defined; to be explained. Lev. R. s. 6 כל נביא שנתפ׳ a prophet; whose name is stated. Gen. R. l. c. בשלשה נ׳ ובאחד לא נ׳ in three places (in which עֲשֵׁה occurs) the command is specified, but in the fourth (Num. 21:8) it is not specified, v. supra. Yalk. Gen. 20 דבר שאינו מִתְפָּרֵש במקימווכ׳ a thing which is not defined in its original place but is defined i in another passage; a. e. Hif. הִפְרִיש 1) to separate; to set aside, dedicate. Yoma I, 1 מִפְרִישִׁין כהןוכ׳ they removed the high priest from his house to the cell Ter. IV, 1 המַפְרִיש מקצתוכ׳ he who sets aside one portion of what is due of Trumah or tithes. Num. R. s. 10 (ref. to Num. 6:11, ועשה) שיַפְרִשֵׁם הכהןוכ׳ that the priest when offering them designates them, one for a sin-offering Ib. (ref. to Prov. 23:32) מה צפעון זה מפריש … כך היין מפרישוכ׳ as the adder divides between life and death, so wine removes from the ways of life to those of death; Lev. R. s. 12 כךה׳ היין בין אדםוכ׳ so wine caused a separation between Adam and Eve; ה׳ היין בין נח לבניו לעבדות wine caused a division between Noah and his sons with regard to slavery; ה׳ היין בין אהרן ובניו למיתה wine caused a division between Aaron and his sons with regard to death; Yalk. Prov. 960. Tam.IV, 3 מן הכבד …ה׳ severed the lungs from the liver; a. fr.Part. pass. מוּפְרָש. Ned.I, 1 מוּפְרְשַׁנִי ממך I will be separated from thee (will have no dealings with thee, accept no favors); ib. 5a; a. e. 2) to go to sea. Gen. R. s. 13 היו מַפְרִישִׁין ליםוכ׳ were crossing the ocean; a. e.

    Jewish literature > פָּרַש

  • 10 קדש

    קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קדש

  • 11 קָדַש

    קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קָדַש

  • 12 वियोगिन्


    vi-yogin
    mfn. separated orﾠ absent from (instr. orﾠ comp.) Kathās. MārkP. Dhūrtas. ;

    liable to separation ( seeﾠ a-v-);
    m. the ruddy goose, Anas Casarca (cf. cakravāka) L. ;
    ( inī) f. a woman separated from her husband orﾠ lover MW. ;
    a kind of metre (commonly called vaitālīya q.v.);
    - gi-tā f. the being separated, separation Kathās.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > वियोगिन्

  • 13 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 14 निस् _nis

    निस् ind.
    1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separa- tion (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्).
    -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usu- ally, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्.
    -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a.
    1 thornless.
    -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (
    -कः) N. of Śiva.
    -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots.
    -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere.
    -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, im- movable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48.
    -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel.
    -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt.
    -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive.
    -कल (निष्कल) a.
    1 without parts, undivided, whole.
    -2 waned, decayed, diminished.
    -3 impotent, barren.
    -4 maimed.
    -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16.
    -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि).
    -(लः) 1 a receptacle.
    -2 the pudendum muliebre.
    -3 N. of Brahmā. (
    -ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased.
    -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless.
    -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions.
    -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly.
    -काम (निष्काम) a.
    1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish.
    -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (
    -मम् ind.)
    1 without wish or desire.
    -2 unwillingly.
    -कारण (निष्कारण) a.
    1 causeless, unneces- sary.
    -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः.
    -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (
    -णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly.
    -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter.
    -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a.
    1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered.
    -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य).
    -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb.
    -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless.
    -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ
    1 to exterminate one's family
    -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.)
    -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family.
    -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16.
    -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel.
    -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a.
    1 mere, pure, absolute.
    -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन).
    -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed.
    -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī.
    -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a.
    1 inactive.
    -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58.
    -3 knowing higher know- ledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43.
    -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म).
    -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe.
    -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v.
    -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1.
    -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest.
    -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless.
    -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty.
    -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a.
    1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure.
    -2 thoughtless, unthinking.
    -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious.
    -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad.
    -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless.
    -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid).
    -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7.
    -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a.
    1 without holes.
    -2 without defects or weak points.
    -3 uninterrupted, unhurt.
    -तन्तु a.
    1 having no offspring, childless.
    -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16.
    -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy.
    -तमस्क -तिमिर a.
    1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6.
    -2 freed from sin or moral im- purities.
    -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable.
    -तल a.
    1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9.
    -2 moving, trembling, shaking.
    -3 bottom- less.
    -4 down, below. (
    -ला) a pill, round ball.
    -तुल a. matchless, incomparable.
    -तुष a.
    1 freed from chaff.
    -2 purified, cleansed.
    -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal.
    -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8.
    -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7.
    -तुषित a.
    1 husked.
    -2 made thin.
    -3 abandoned.
    -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P.
    -2 spiritless, dull.
    -3 obscure.
    -त्रप a. impudent, shameless.
    -त्रिंश a.
    1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk.
    -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (
    -शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer.
    -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45.
    -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled.
    -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure.
    -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner.
    -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons.
    -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a.
    1 leafless.
    -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.]
    -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill
    -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (
    -दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship).
    -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless.
    -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3
    -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations.
    -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (
    -हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings.
    -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train.
    -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incom- bustible.
    -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means.
    -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately.
    -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a.
    1 not avoiding.
    -2 not observing caution.
    -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft.
    -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded.
    -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order.
    -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure.
    -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless.
    -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new.
    -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate.
    -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7.
    -2 not male, femi- nine, neuter.
    -षः 1 a eunuch.
    -2 a coward.
    -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff.
    -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly.
    -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immov- able, motionless.
    -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute.
    -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S.
    -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark.
    -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a.
    1 not moving away, remaining in one place.
    -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17.
    -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid.
    -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold.
    -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94.
    -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a.
    1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151.
    -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (
    -रम्) ind. un- interruptedly.
    -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts.
    -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unob- structed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78.
    -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed.
    -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led.
    -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a.
    1 devoid of splendour.
    -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stu- pid.
    -3 apathetic.
    -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. coward- ly, timid.
    -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a.
    1 looking straight- forward, not turned backwards.
    -2 unconcerned (as a look).
    -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despon- dent.
    -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimped- ed; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam.
    -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a.
    1 without extension.
    -2 without deceit, honest.
    -प्रभ (
    निःप्रभ or
    -निष्प्रभ) a.
    1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81.
    -2 powerless.
    3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark.
    -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority.
    -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull.
    -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a.
    1 without motive, not influenced by any motive.
    -2 cause- less, groundless,
    -3 useless.
    -4 needless, unnecessary. (
    -नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3.
    -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.)
    -प्राण (निष्पाण) a.
    1 lifeless, dead.
    -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12.
    -फल (निष्फल) a.
    1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56.
    -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13.
    -3 barren (as a tree).
    -4 meaningless (as a word).
    -5 seedless, impotent. (
    -ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing.
    -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium.
    -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (
    -निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily.
    -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (
    -ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm.
    -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety.
    - शरण a. (
    -निःशरण) helpless, forlorn.
    -शर्कर (
    -निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place).
    -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (
    -कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147.
    -शल्य a.
    1 free from arrows.
    -2 free from thorns or darts.
    -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (
    -कः) beardless rice.
    -शेष (निःशेष) a. with- out remainder (either finished or passed away).
    -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean.
    -श्रीकः a.
    1 deprived of lustre, beauty.
    -2 unhappy.
    -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (
    -सः) an epithet of Śiva. (
    -सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also.
    -2 devo- tion, faith, belief.
    -3 apprehension, conception.
    -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16.
    -संशय (निःसंशय) a.
    1 undoubted, certain.
    -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (
    -यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly.
    -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered.
    -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable.
    -संग (निःसंग) a.
    1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24.
    -2 one who has re- nounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14.
    -3 unconnected, separated, detatched.
    -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (
    -गम्) ind. unselfishly.
    -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl.
    -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious.
    -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a.
    1 unenergetic, weak, impotent.
    -2 mean, insignificant, low.
    -3 non-existent, unsubstantial.
    -4 deprived of living beings.
    (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy.
    -2 non-existence.
    -3 insignificance.
    -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless.
    -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय.
    -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close,
    -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a.
    1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1.
    -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor.
    -3 having no foes.
    -समम् (निःसमम्) ind.
    1 unseasonably, at a wrong time.
    -2 wickedly.
    -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (
    -तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness.
    -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large.
    -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed.
    -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless.
    -सह (निःसह) a.
    1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2.
    -2 intolerable, irresistible.
    -सार (निःसार) a.
    1 sapless, pithless.
    -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता
    1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16.
    -2 worthlessness.
    -3 vanity, un- substantial or transitory nature.
    -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97.
    -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars.
    -2 having no support.
    -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24.
    -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69.
    -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a.
    1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry.
    -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent.
    -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82.
    -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (
    -हा) lin-seed.
    -स्पन्द (
    निःस्पन्द or
    निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4.
    -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough.
    -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्.
    -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh.
    -3 content, unenvious.
    -4 free from any worldly ties.
    -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9.
    -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless.
    -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities.
    -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > निस् _nis

  • 15 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

     (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

     (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

     (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

     correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

     ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

     (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

     close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

     in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

     beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

     ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

     (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

     Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

     codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

     (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

     ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

     (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

     codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

     ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

     in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

     D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

     (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

     s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

     in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

     wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

     therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

     (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

     (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

     (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

     (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

     (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

     ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

     (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

     (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

     (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

     according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

     (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

     (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

     (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

     by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 16 mucho

    adj.
    a lot of, too much, much, plenty of.
    adv.
    1 a lot, much, very much, a great deal.
    2 very often, too often.
    m.
    a great deal, quite much, much, a lot.
    * * *
    1 (singular - en afirmativas) a lot of; (- en negativas, interrogativas) a lot of, much
    ■ no tiene mucho dinero he hasn't got a lot of/much money
    ■ ¿nos queda mucha gasolina? have we got a lot of/much petrol left?
    2 (plural - en afirmativas) a lot of, lots of; (- en negativas, interrogativas) a lot of, many
    ■ no hay muchas copas there aren't a lot of/many glasses
    ■ ¿tienes muchos libros? have you got a lot of/many books?
    ■ hace mucho calor/frío it's very hot/cold
    ■ tengo mucha hambre/sed I'm very hungry/thirsty
    3 (demasiado - singular) too much; (- plural) too many
    1 (singular) a lot, much; (plural) a lot, many
    1 (de cantidad) a lot, much
    ■ mucho mejor/peor much better/worse
    ■ ¿te ha gustado la película? --sí, mucho did you like the film? --yes, very much
    ■ ¿estaba buena la comida? --sí, mucho was the food good? --yes, very good
    ■ mucho antes/después much earlier/later
    \
    como mucho at the most
    con mucho by far
    muy mucho familiar very much so
    ni con mucho nowhere near as
    ni mucho menos far from
    por mucho que however much
    * * *
    1. (f. - mucha)
    adj.
    many, much, a lot of, plenty of
    2. adv.
    much, a lot
    - con mucho
    - mucho tiempo     3. (f. - mucha)
    pron.
    many, much, a lot
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [en singular] [en oraciones afirmativas] a lot of, lots of; [en oraciones interrogativas y negativas] a lot of, much

    tengo mucho dinero — I have a lot of o lots of money

    había mucha gente — there were a lot of o lots of people there

    ¿tienes mucho trabajo? — do you have a lot of o much work?

    2) [en plural] [en oraciones afirmativas] a lot of, lots of; [en oraciones interrogativas y negativas] a lot of, many

    muchas personas creen que no — a lot of o lots of people don't think so

    ¿había muchos niños en el parque? — were there a lot of o many children in the park?

    3) * [con singular colectivo]

    había mucho borracho — there were a lot of o lots of drunks there

    hay mucho tonto suelto — there are a lot of o lots of idiots around

    mucho beso, pero luego me critica por la espalda — she's all kisses, but then she criticizes me behind my back

    4) (=demasiado)

    es mucha mujer para ti — * that woman is too much for you

    esta es mucha casa para nosotros — * this house is too big for us

    2. PRON
    1) [en singular]
    a) [en frases afirmativas] a lot, lots; [en frases interrogativas y negativas] a lot, much

    ¿has aprendido mucho en este trabajo? — have you learnt a lot o much from this job?

    -¿cuánto vino queda? -mucho — "how much wine is left?" - "a lot" o "lots"

    b) [referido a tiempo] long

    ¿te vas a quedar mucho? — are you staying long?

    ¿falta mucho para llegar? — will it be long till we arrive?

    -¿cuánto nos queda para acabar? -mucho — "how long till we finish?" - "ages"

    hace mucho que no salgo a bailar — it's a long time o ages since I went out dancing

    2) [en plural] [en frases afirmativas] a lot, lots; [en frases interrogativas y negativas] a lot, many

    son muchos los que no quieren — there are a lot o lots who don't want to

    muchos dicen que... — a lot of o lots of o many people say that...

    muchos de los ausentes — many of o a lot of those absent

    -¿hay manzanas? -sí, pero no muchas — "are there any apples?" - "yes, but not many o not a lot"

    ¿vinieron muchos? — did many o a lot of people come?

    -¿cuántos había? -muchos — "how many were there?" - "a lot" o "lots"

    3. ADV
    1) (=en gran cantidad) a lot

    me gusta mucho el jazz — I really like jazz, I like jazz a lot

    sí señor, me gusta y mucho — I do indeed like it and I like it a lot

    - son 75 euros -es mucho — "that will be 75 euros" - "that's a lot"

    lo siento mucho — I'm very o really sorry

    ¡mucho lo sientes tú! — * a fat lot you care! *

    • mucho antes — long before

    • mucho más — much o a lot more

    • mucho menos — much o a lot less

    • muy mucho, se guardará muy mucho de hacerlo — * he'll jolly well be careful not to do it *

    • si no es mucho pedir — if that's not asking too much

    • pensárselo mucho, se lo pensó mucho antes de contestar — he thought long and hard about it before replying

    • mucho peor — much o a lot worse

    2) [en respuestas]

    -¿estás cansado? -¡mucho! — "are you tired?" - "I certainly am!"

    -¿te gusta? -no mucho — "do you like it?" - "not really"

    3) [otras locuciones]

    • como mucho — at (the) most

    • con mucho — by far, far and away

    fue, con mucho, el mejor — he was by far the best, he was far and away the best

    no se puede comparar, ni con mucho, a ninguna de nuestras ideas — it bears no comparison at all o you can't begin to compare it with any of our ideas

    • cuando mucho — frm at (the) most

    • tener a algn en mucho — to think highly of sb

    • ni mucho menos, Juan no es ni mucho menos el que era — Juan is nothing like the man he was

    mi intención no era insultarte, ni mucho menos — I in no way intended to insult you, I didn't intend to insult you, far from it

    • por mucho que, por mucho que estudies — however hard you study

    por mucho que lo quieras no debes mimarlo — no matter how much you love him, you shouldn't spoil him

    * * *
    I
    a) <salir/ayudar> a lot

    me gusta muchísimo — I like it/her/him very much o a lot

    ¿llueve mucho? — is it raining hard?

    ¿estás preocupado? - mucho — are you worried? - (yes, I am,) very

    ¿te gusta? - sí, mucho — do you like it? - yes, very much; para locs ver mucho III 3)

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1)
    a) (sing) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) much, a lot of

    ¿tienes mucha hambre? — are you very hungry?

    b) (pl) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) many, a lot of

    ¿recibiste muchos regalos? — did you get many o a lot of presents?

    2) (sing)
    a) (fam) ( con valor plural)
    III
    - cha pronombre
    1) (refiriéndose a cantidad, número)

    mucho de lo que ha dicho — much o a lot of what he has said

    muchos creen que... — many (people) believe that...

    2) mucho ( refiriéndose a tiempo) a long time

    ¿falta mucho para llegar? — are we nearly there?

    ¿tuviste que esperar mucho? — did you have to wait long?

    con mucho — by far, easily

    no es un buen pianista ni mucho menos — he isn't a good pianist, far from it

    * * *
    = heavily, much, widely, a great deal, eminent + Nombre, utmost, vitally + Verbo, plenty, to any great degree, severely, lots of, rather a lot, numerable, a whole lot (of), a great deal of, a good deal of, greatly, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], extensively, a barrel/barrow load of monkeys, bags of.
    Ex. Regular overhaul of guiding is important, especially for the new user who may rely heavily upon it.
    Ex. Although the 1949 code was much longer than its predecessor, the 1908 code, it only contained rules pertaining to headings.
    Ex. An aggressive approach is made to publicity, with posters and leaflets distributed widely, visits to local shops, post offices, doctors surgeries etc, to drum up business, and the use of volunteers to hand out leaflets at street corners = Se inicia una campaña de publicidad enérgica, distribuyendo de forma general folletos y pósteres, visitando las tiendas, oficinas de correos y consultorías médicas de la localidad, etc., para promocionar el negocio, además de utilizar voluntarios para distribuir prospectos por las esquinas de las calles.
    Ex. Thus charwomen and porters in a university work in an institution where books are used a great deal but they themselves are highly unlikely to use them.
    Ex. 'I think it makes eminent sense, for the reasons I've outlined,' he said and started toward the door.
    Ex. Indeed, he must take the utmost care never to jump to conclusions.
    Ex. Though the reference librarian cannot enter the reference process until he receives the question from the enquirer he is vitally concerned about all of its stages.
    Ex. One of the great glories of books is that there are plenty to suit everybody, no matter what our taste, our mood, our intellectual ability, age or living experience.
    Ex. Consumer advice centres were not used to any great degree by the working classes or those groups most at risk as consumers -- the elderly, divorced, widowed and separated.
    Ex. Pressure on space will create the desire on the part of the editor to limit severely the length any paper being published.
    Ex. Though reference work is the backbone of their task, they do lots of things that are not reference work.
    Ex. Carlyle has been dead nearly a hundred years, but many an academic would like to agree with Carlyle even if, perhaps, universities have changed rather a lot since his day.
    Ex. During the past decade both groups have developed numerable measures to assess creative potential.
    Ex. For the libraries in Belgium CD-ROM offers a new range of possibilities and a whole lot of reference works will be searchable and much more used.
    Ex. As earlier sections amply demonstrate, there is a great deal of choice with regards to data bases.
    Ex. There is a good deal of scope for users and novice cataloguers to find difficulty in identifying the appropriate heading for many of the works which are the responsibility of corporate bodies.
    Ex. The computer can greatly assist in thesaurus compilation and updating.
    Ex. The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.
    Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex. Fiction classifications are used extensively in public libraries.
    Ex. The landlord is as mad as a barrel load of monkeys, but a fine man and ex-soldier.
    Ex. His colleagues would say he's as daft as a brush, has bags of energy and enthusiasm but gets the job done.
    ----
    * a costa de mucho = at (a) great expense.
    * afectar mucho = hit + hard.
    * Algo a lo que hay que dedicar mucho tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * andarse con mucho cuidado = walk on + eggshells, tread + the thin line between... and.
    * andarse con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * arriesgar mucho = play (for) + high stakes.
    * avanzar mucho = travel + a long way down the road.
    * bajar mucho = go + way down.
    * beber mucho = drink + heavily.
    * bebida alcohólica con muchos grados = hard drink, hard liquor.
    * cada vez mucho mayor = fast-increasing, exploding.
    * causar muchas víctimas = take + a toll on life.
    * como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.
    * conceder mucha importancia a = lay + great store on.
    * con mucha antelación = far in advance.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * conseguir mucho = do + much.
    * contener mucho = be high in.
    * costar mucho trabajo = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.
    * darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-term, long-lost.
    * dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.
    * demandar mucho esfuerzo por parte de Alguien = tax + Posesivo + imagination.
    * de muchas formas = in more ways than one.
    * de muchas maneras = in every way.
    * de mucho arraigo = long-established.
    * de mucho beneficio = high-payoff.
    * de mucho cuidado = badass.
    * de mucho provecho = high-payoff.
    * de muchos usos = all-purpose.
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.
    * desempeñando muchas funciones = in many capacities.
    * destacar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.
    * durante el transcurso de muchos años = over many years.
    * durante muchas horas = for many long hours.
    * durante muchos años = for many years, for years to come, for many years to come, over many years, for years and years (and years).
    * durante mucho tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], for generations, long-time [longtime], for a long time to come, for long periods of time, for a long period of time, lastingly, for a very long time, for many long hours, for a long time, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * durar mucho = last + long.
    * durar mucho rato = take + a long time.
    * durar mucho tiempo = last + long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * en muchos aspectos = in most respects.
    * en muchos casos = in many instances.
    * en muchos grupos = in many quarters.
    * en muchos grupos de la población = in many quarters.
    * en muchos sectores = in many quarters.
    * en muchos sectores de la población = in many quarters.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * escribir mucho sobre Algo = a lot + be written about, much + be written about.
    * existen de muchos tipos = come in + many guises.
    * existir mucha diferencia entre... y... = be a far cry from... to....
    * faltar mucho = be a long way off.
    * faltar mucho (para) = there + be + a long way to go (before), have + a long way to go (before).
    * fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.
    * ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.
    * guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.
    * gustar mucho = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * gustar mucho las mujeres = womanise [womanize, -USA].
    * gustar mucho lo dulce = have + a sweet tooth.
    * haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * la mayoría con mucho = the vast majority of.
    * llenar mucho = be filling.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * mucha gente + esperar que = be widely expected.
    * muchas ganancias = high return.
    * Muchas gracias = Thank you very much.
    * muchas horas = long hours.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * mucha suerte = best of luck.
    * muchas veces = multiple times.
    * mucho + Adjetivo = very much + Adjetivo, significantly + Adjetivo.
    * mucho antes = early on.
    * mucho antes de = well before.
    * mucho + Comparativo = a good deal + Comparativo.
    * mucho dinero = big bucks.
    * mucho esfuerzo = hard work.
    * mucho interés = keen interest.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo, far + Adjetivo Comparativo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio/Adjetivo = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo, far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más allá de = far beyond.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * mucho mayor = far greater, far larger, very much greater.
    * mucho mejor = far better.
    * mucho mejor que = far superior to.
    * mucho menos = a great deal less, let alone, far less.
    * mucho menos + Adjetivo = far + Adjetivo Comparativo.
    * mucho + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre, bleeding + Adjetivo/Nombre.
    * mucho peor = far worse.
    * mucho que + Infinitivo = a lot + Infinitivo.
    * mucho ruido y pocas nueces = much ado about nothing, storm in a teacup, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.
    * muchos = many, good many, many a(n).
    * muchos beneficios = high return.
    * muchos jefes y pocos trabajadores = too many chiefs and not enough Indians.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * muchos + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre.
    * mucho tiempo = long time, long periods of time, a very long time, long hours, ample time, for a long time.
    * mucho tiempo antes de (que) = long before.
    * mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.
    * mucho trabajo = hard graft.
    * ni con mucho = not by a long shot.
    * ni mucho menos = by any stretch (of the imagination), by any means, not by a long shot.
    * no estar finalizado (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + completeness.
    * no existir muchos indicios de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no hace mucho = in the recent past.
    * no hace mucho tiempo = not so long ago.
    * Nombre + no tardará mucho en = it won't be long before + Nombre.
    * Nombre + no tardó mucho en = it wasn't long before + Nombre.
    * no mucho después = not long after.
    * no parar mucho en un sitio = live out of + a suitcase.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * no perderse mucho = be no great loss.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empe = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo + intentar = try as + Pronombre + might.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * prometer mucho = promise + great possibilities, bode + well.
    * que consume mucha CPU = CPU intensive.
    * que consume mucha energía = energy-intensive.
    * que contiene muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).
    * quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.
    * quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * que deja mucho al azar = hit-or-miss.
    * que hay que dar muchas vueltas = circuitous.
    * que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.
    * que ocupa mucho espacio = space-consuming.
    * que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.
    * que utiliza muchos recursos = resource-intensive.
    * quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * resaltar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * ser mucho = be a mouthful.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser mucho más que = be far more than.
    * sin mucha antelación = at short notice.
    * sin mucha anticipación = at short notice.
    * sin mucha dificultad = painlessly.
    * sin muchas contemplaciones = unceremoniously.
    * sin muchos inconvenientes = without much grudging.
    * sin pensarlo mucho = off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * sorprenderse mucho = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * trabajando mucho = hard at work.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar mucho = work + hard.
    * usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.
    * venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.
    * Verbo + mucho = Verbo + hard.
    * y cuanto mucho menos = much less.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho menos = much less, least of all.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.
    * * *
    I
    a) <salir/ayudar> a lot

    me gusta muchísimo — I like it/her/him very much o a lot

    ¿llueve mucho? — is it raining hard?

    ¿estás preocupado? - mucho — are you worried? - (yes, I am,) very

    ¿te gusta? - sí, mucho — do you like it? - yes, very much; para locs ver mucho III 3)

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1)
    a) (sing) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) much, a lot of

    ¿tienes mucha hambre? — are you very hungry?

    b) (pl) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) many, a lot of

    ¿recibiste muchos regalos? — did you get many o a lot of presents?

    2) (sing)
    a) (fam) ( con valor plural)
    III
    - cha pronombre
    1) (refiriéndose a cantidad, número)

    mucho de lo que ha dicho — much o a lot of what he has said

    muchos creen que... — many (people) believe that...

    2) mucho ( refiriéndose a tiempo) a long time

    ¿falta mucho para llegar? — are we nearly there?

    ¿tuviste que esperar mucho? — did you have to wait long?

    con mucho — by far, easily

    no es un buen pianista ni mucho menos — he isn't a good pianist, far from it

    * * *
    = heavily, much, widely, a great deal, eminent + Nombre, utmost, vitally + Verbo, plenty, to any great degree, severely, lots of, rather a lot, numerable, a whole lot (of), a great deal of, a good deal of, greatly, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], extensively, a barrel/barrow load of monkeys, bags of.

    Ex: Regular overhaul of guiding is important, especially for the new user who may rely heavily upon it.

    Ex: Although the 1949 code was much longer than its predecessor, the 1908 code, it only contained rules pertaining to headings.
    Ex: An aggressive approach is made to publicity, with posters and leaflets distributed widely, visits to local shops, post offices, doctors surgeries etc, to drum up business, and the use of volunteers to hand out leaflets at street corners = Se inicia una campaña de publicidad enérgica, distribuyendo de forma general folletos y pósteres, visitando las tiendas, oficinas de correos y consultorías médicas de la localidad, etc., para promocionar el negocio, además de utilizar voluntarios para distribuir prospectos por las esquinas de las calles.
    Ex: Thus charwomen and porters in a university work in an institution where books are used a great deal but they themselves are highly unlikely to use them.
    Ex: 'I think it makes eminent sense, for the reasons I've outlined,' he said and started toward the door.
    Ex: Indeed, he must take the utmost care never to jump to conclusions.
    Ex: Though the reference librarian cannot enter the reference process until he receives the question from the enquirer he is vitally concerned about all of its stages.
    Ex: One of the great glories of books is that there are plenty to suit everybody, no matter what our taste, our mood, our intellectual ability, age or living experience.
    Ex: Consumer advice centres were not used to any great degree by the working classes or those groups most at risk as consumers -- the elderly, divorced, widowed and separated.
    Ex: Pressure on space will create the desire on the part of the editor to limit severely the length any paper being published.
    Ex: Though reference work is the backbone of their task, they do lots of things that are not reference work.
    Ex: Carlyle has been dead nearly a hundred years, but many an academic would like to agree with Carlyle even if, perhaps, universities have changed rather a lot since his day.
    Ex: During the past decade both groups have developed numerable measures to assess creative potential.
    Ex: For the libraries in Belgium CD-ROM offers a new range of possibilities and a whole lot of reference works will be searchable and much more used.
    Ex: As earlier sections amply demonstrate, there is a great deal of choice with regards to data bases.
    Ex: There is a good deal of scope for users and novice cataloguers to find difficulty in identifying the appropriate heading for many of the works which are the responsibility of corporate bodies.
    Ex: The computer can greatly assist in thesaurus compilation and updating.
    Ex: The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.
    Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex: Fiction classifications are used extensively in public libraries.
    Ex: The landlord is as mad as a barrel load of monkeys, but a fine man and ex-soldier.
    Ex: His colleagues would say he's as daft as a brush, has bags of energy and enthusiasm but gets the job done.
    * a costa de mucho = at (a) great expense.
    * afectar mucho = hit + hard.
    * Algo a lo que hay que dedicar mucho tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].
    * a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * andarse con mucho cuidado = walk on + eggshells, tread + the thin line between... and.
    * andarse con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * arriesgar mucho = play (for) + high stakes.
    * avanzar mucho = travel + a long way down the road.
    * bajar mucho = go + way down.
    * beber mucho = drink + heavily.
    * bebida alcohólica con muchos grados = hard drink, hard liquor.
    * cada vez mucho mayor = fast-increasing, exploding.
    * causar muchas víctimas = take + a toll on life.
    * como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.
    * conceder mucha importancia a = lay + great store on.
    * con mucha antelación = far in advance.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * conseguir mucho = do + much.
    * contener mucho = be high in.
    * costar mucho trabajo = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.
    * darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-term, long-lost.
    * dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.
    * demandar mucho esfuerzo por parte de Alguien = tax + Posesivo + imagination.
    * de muchas formas = in more ways than one.
    * de muchas maneras = in every way.
    * de mucho arraigo = long-established.
    * de mucho beneficio = high-payoff.
    * de mucho cuidado = badass.
    * de mucho provecho = high-payoff.
    * de muchos usos = all-purpose.
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.
    * desempeñando muchas funciones = in many capacities.
    * destacar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.
    * durante el transcurso de muchos años = over many years.
    * durante muchas horas = for many long hours.
    * durante muchos años = for many years, for years to come, for many years to come, over many years, for years and years (and years).
    * durante mucho tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], for generations, long-time [longtime], for a long time to come, for long periods of time, for a long period of time, lastingly, for a very long time, for many long hours, for a long time, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * durar mucho = last + long.
    * durar mucho rato = take + a long time.
    * durar mucho tiempo = last + long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * en muchos aspectos = in most respects.
    * en muchos casos = in many instances.
    * en muchos grupos = in many quarters.
    * en muchos grupos de la población = in many quarters.
    * en muchos sectores = in many quarters.
    * en muchos sectores de la población = in many quarters.
    * en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.
    * escribir mucho sobre Algo = a lot + be written about, much + be written about.
    * existen de muchos tipos = come in + many guises.
    * existir mucha diferencia entre... y... = be a far cry from... to....
    * faltar mucho = be a long way off.
    * faltar mucho (para) = there + be + a long way to go (before), have + a long way to go (before).
    * fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.
    * ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.
    * guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.
    * gustar mucho = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * gustar mucho las mujeres = womanise [womanize, -USA].
    * gustar mucho lo dulce = have + a sweet tooth.
    * haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * la mayoría con mucho = the vast majority of.
    * llenar mucho = be filling.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * mucha gente + esperar que = be widely expected.
    * muchas ganancias = high return.
    * Muchas gracias = Thank you very much.
    * muchas horas = long hours.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * mucha suerte = best of luck.
    * muchas veces = multiple times.
    * mucho + Adjetivo = very much + Adjetivo, significantly + Adjetivo.
    * mucho antes = early on.
    * mucho antes de = well before.
    * mucho + Comparativo = a good deal + Comparativo.
    * mucho dinero = big bucks.
    * mucho esfuerzo = hard work.
    * mucho interés = keen interest.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo, far + Adjetivo Comparativo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio/Adjetivo = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo, far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más allá de = far beyond.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * mucho mayor = far greater, far larger, very much greater.
    * mucho mejor = far better.
    * mucho mejor que = far superior to.
    * mucho menos = a great deal less, let alone, far less.
    * mucho menos + Adjetivo = far + Adjetivo Comparativo.
    * mucho + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre, bleeding + Adjetivo/Nombre.
    * mucho peor = far worse.
    * mucho que + Infinitivo = a lot + Infinitivo.
    * mucho ruido y pocas nueces = much ado about nothing, storm in a teacup, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.
    * muchos = many, good many, many a(n).
    * muchos beneficios = high return.
    * muchos jefes y pocos trabajadores = too many chiefs and not enough Indians.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * muchos + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre.
    * mucho tiempo = long time, long periods of time, a very long time, long hours, ample time, for a long time.
    * mucho tiempo antes de (que) = long before.
    * mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.
    * mucho trabajo = hard graft.
    * ni con mucho = not by a long shot.
    * ni mucho menos = by any stretch (of the imagination), by any means, not by a long shot.
    * no estar finalizado (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + completeness.
    * no existir muchos indicios de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.
    * no hace mucho = in the recent past.
    * no hace mucho tiempo = not so long ago.
    * Nombre + no tardará mucho en = it won't be long before + Nombre.
    * Nombre + no tardó mucho en = it wasn't long before + Nombre.
    * no mucho después = not long after.
    * no parar mucho en un sitio = live out of + a suitcase.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * no perderse mucho = be no great loss.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empe = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo + intentar = try as + Pronombre + might.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * prometer mucho = promise + great possibilities, bode + well.
    * que consume mucha CPU = CPU intensive.
    * que consume mucha energía = energy-intensive.
    * que contiene muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).
    * quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.
    * quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * que deja mucho al azar = hit-or-miss.
    * que hay que dar muchas vueltas = circuitous.
    * que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.
    * que ocupa mucho espacio = space-consuming.
    * que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.
    * que utiliza muchos recursos = resource-intensive.
    * quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * resaltar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * ser mucho = be a mouthful.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser mucho más que = be far more than.
    * sin mucha antelación = at short notice.
    * sin mucha anticipación = at short notice.
    * sin mucha dificultad = painlessly.
    * sin muchas contemplaciones = unceremoniously.
    * sin muchos inconvenientes = without much grudging.
    * sin pensarlo mucho = off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * sorprenderse mucho = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * trabajando mucho = hard at work.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar mucho = work + hard.
    * usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.
    * venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.
    * Verbo + mucho = Verbo + hard.
    * y cuanto mucho menos = much less.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho menos = much less, least of all.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.

    * * *
    1
    salen mucho they go out a lot
    no salen mucho they don't go out much o a lot
    ¿salen mucho? do they go out much o a lot?
    me ayudaron muchísimo they really helped me a lot
    ahora funciona mucho mejor it works much o a lot better now
    esto preocupa, y mucho, a los ecologistas this is a matter of great concern to ecologists
    trabaja mucho he works very hard
    ¿llueve mucho? is it raining hard?
    me gusta muchísimo I like it a lot o very much
    por mucho que insistas, no te va a hacer caso no matter how much you insist o however much you insist he won't listen to you
    por mucho que le grites no te oye you can shout as much as you like but he won't hear you
    después de mucho discutir llegaron a un acuerdo after long discussions, they reached an agreement
    mucho criticar a los demás pero ella tampoco hace nada por ayudar she's forever o always criticizing others but she doesn't do anything to help either
    2
    (en respuestas): ¿estás preocupado? — mucho are you worried? — (yes, I am,) very
    ¿te gusta? — sí, mucho do you like it? — yes, very much
    para locs ver mucho3 pron C. (↑ mucho (3))
    A
    1 ( sing) a lot of; (en negativas e interrogativas) much, a lot of
    tiene mucha vitamina C it contains a lot of vitamin C
    no le tienen mucho respeto they don't have much o a lot of respect for him
    había mucha gente there were lots of o a lot of people there
    sucedió hace mucho tiempo it happened a long time ago
    ¿tienes mucha hambre? are you very hungry?
    una ciudad con mucha vida nocturna a city with plenty of night life
    2 (pl) a lot of; (en negativas e interrogativas) many, a lot of
    ¿recibiste muchos regalos? did you get many o a lot of presents?
    sus muchas obligaciones le impidieron asistir his many commitments prevented him from attending
    muchos niños pasan hambre many children go hungry
    seis hijos son muchos six children's a lot
    somos muchos there are a lot of us
    B ( sing)
    1 ( fam)
    (con valor plural): mucho elogio, mucho cumplido pero no me lo van a publicar they're full of praise and compliments but they're not going to publish it
    hoy día hay mucho sinvergüenza por ahí these days there are a lot of rogues around
    2 ( fam)
    (con valor ponderativo): era mucho jugador para un equipo tan mediocre he was much too good a player for a mediocre team like that
    A
    (refiriéndose a cantidad, número): mucho de lo que ha dicho es falso much o a lot of what he has said is untrue
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do
    si no es mucho pedir if it's not too much to ask
    muchos creen que … many (people) believe that …
    muchos son los llamados pero pocos los elegidos ( Bib) many are called but few are chosen
    B
    hace mucho que no vamos al teatro we haven't been to the theater for a long time o for ages
    ¿falta mucho para llegar? are we nearly there?, is it much further?
    ¿tuviste que esperar mucho? did you have to wait long?
    mucho antes de conocerte long o a long time before I met you
    C ( en locs):
    como mucho at (the) most
    costará unos 30 dólares como mucho it probably costs about 30 dollars at (the) most
    con mucho by far, easily
    fue, con mucho, la mejor de la clase she was by far o easily the best in the class, she was the best in the class, by far
    cuando mucho at (the) most
    ni mucho menos: no pretendo aconsejarte ni mucho menos I'm in no way trying to give you advice
    no es un buen pianista ni mucho menos he isn't a good pianist, far from it
    * * *

     

    mucho 1 adverbio
    a) ‹salir/ayudar› a lot;

    ‹ trabajar› hard;
    ◊ no salen mucho they don't go out much o a lot;

    me gusta muchísimo I like it very much o a lot;
    mucho mejor a lot better;
    por mucho que insistas no matter how much you insist;
    después de mucho discutir after much discussion

    ◊ ¿estás preocupado? — mucho are you worried? — (yes, I am,) very;

    ¿te gusta? — sí, mucho do you like it? — yes, very much
    mucho 2
    ◊ - cha adjetivo

    a) ( sing) a lot of;

    (en oraciones negativas, interrogativas) much, a lot of;

    no gano mucho dinero I don't earn much o a lot of money;
    ¿ves mucha televisión? do you watch much o a lot of television;
    tiene mucha hambre he's very hungry
    b) (pl) many, a lot of;

    ◊ había muchos extranjeros/muchas personas allí there were many o a lot of foreigners/people there;

    hace muchos años many years ago
    ■ pronombre
    1 ( referido a cantidad)
    a) ( sing) a lot;

    ( en oraciones negativas) much;

    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;
    eso no es mucho that's not much;
    no queda mucha there isn't much left
    b) (pl) many;

    ◊ muchos creen que … many (people) believe that …;

    muchos de nosotros many of us
    2
    ◊ mucho



    ¿te falta mucho para terminar? will it take you long to finish?;
    mucho antes long before;
    ¿tuviste que esperar mucho? did you have to wait long?
    b) ( en locs)


    con mucho by far, easily;
    ni mucho menos far from it;
    por mucho que … however much …
    mucho,-a
    I adj indef
    1 (abundante, numeroso) (en frases afirmativas) a lot of, lots of
    mucha comida, a lot of food
    muchos animales, lots of animals
    (en frases negativas) much, many pl: no queda mucho azúcar, there isn't much sugar left
    no conozco muchos sitios, I don't know many places
    2 (intenso) very: tengo mucho calor/miedo, I'm very hot/scared
    hizo mucho esfuerzo, he made a great effort
    3 (demasiado) es mucha responsabilidad, it's too much responsibility
    II pron
    1 a lot, a great deal, many: muchos fuimos al baile, many/lots of us went to the dance
    muchos de nosotros/vosotros, many of us/you
    de ésos tengo muchos, I've got lots of those
    III adverbio
    1 (cantidad) a lot, very much: me arrepentí mucho, I was very sorry
    2 (tiempo) hace mucho que desapareció, he went missing a long time ago
    hace mucho que estamos aquí, we have been here for a long time
    (a menudo) often: vamos mucho al cine, we go to the cinema quite often
    ♦ Locuciones: como mucho, at the most
    con mucho, by far
    ¡ni mucho menos!, no way!
    por mucho (que), however much
    Recuerda que el singular es much, el plural es many, y que estas dos palabras se suelen usar en frases negativas (no tengo demasiado tiempo, I haven't got much time), mientras que a lot (of) y lots (of) se encuentran en frases afirmativas: Tengo mucho dinero. I've got a lot of/lots of money. En frases interrogativas se usa tanto much y many como a lot o lots of: ¿Tienes mucho dinero?, Have you got much/ a lot of/lots of money? Sin embargo, en preguntas que empiezan por how sólo puedes emplear much o many: ¿Cuánto dinero tienes?, How much money have you got?
    ' mucho' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abandonarse
    - abrigar
    - abultar
    - achicharrar
    - achicharrarse
    - acoger
    - adelantar
    - adentro
    - adorar
    - afear
    - afecta
    - afectar
    - afecto
    - agradecer
    - alejarse
    - antes
    - aparato
    - aprecio
    - aprovechar
    - ascendiente
    - avejentarse
    - avenida
    - avenido
    - bailar
    - bastante
    - boato
    - bombo
    - brío
    - cacarear
    - caché
    - cachet
    - calor
    - carácter
    - cariño
    - carrete
    - cascar
    - cervical
    - chapar
    - chiflar
    - cocerse
    - coco
    - comer
    - contraponer
    - costar
    - cuando
    - de
    - deber
    - decaer
    - decir
    - defraudar
    English:
    ability
    - ado
    - afraid
    - age
    - ago
    - agony
    - all-out
    - alone
    - anywhere
    - around
    - as
    - attract
    - attuned to
    - backlog
    - badly
    - bake
    - balance
    - be
    - best
    - booze
    - bulky
    - busywork
    - capital
    - cautious
    - chalk
    - challenging
    - charisma
    - come along
    - come into
    - commotion
    - concern
    - deal
    - dear
    - demand
    - devoted
    - difficult
    - do
    - dog days
    - doing
    - easily
    - emotional
    - enthusiastic
    - esteem
    - exhilarate
    - experience
    - extravagant
    - fancy
    - far
    - fat
    - few
    * * *
    mucho, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [gran cantidad de] a lot of;
    comemos mucho pescado/mucha verdura we eat a lot of fish/vegetables;
    había mucha gente there were a lot of people there;
    producen muchos residuos they produce a lot of waste;
    tengo muchos más/menos amigos que tú I've got a lot more/fewer friends than you;
    no tengo mucho tiempo I haven't got much o a lot of time;
    no nos quedan muchas entradas we haven't got many o a lot of tickets left;
    ¿hay muchas cosas que hacer? are there a lot of things to do?, is there much to do?;
    no tengo muchas ganas de ir I don't really o much feel like going;
    tengo mucho sueño I'm very sleepy;
    hoy hace mucho calor it's very hot today;
    hace mucho tiempo a long time ago;
    ¡mucha suerte! the best of luck!;
    ¡muchas gracias! thank you very much!
    2. (singular) [demasiado]
    hay mucho niño aquí there are rather a lot of kids here;
    mucha sal me parece que le estás echando I think you're overdoing the salt a bit, I think you're adding a bit too much salt;
    ésta es mucha casa para mí this house is much too big for me;
    Fam
    es mucho hombre he's a real man;
    es mucho coche para un conductor novato it's far too powerful a car for an inexperienced driver;
    es mucha mujer para ti she's out of your league!;
    Fam
    mucho lujo y mucho camarero trajeado pero la comida es horrible it's all very luxurious and full of smartly dressed waiters, but the food's terrible
    ♦ pron
    (singular) a lot;
    * * *
    I adj
    1 singular a lot of, lots of; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb
    much;
    mucho tiempo a lot of time;
    no tengo mucho tiempo I don’t have a lot of time o much time;
    tengo mucho frío I am very cold;
    es mucho coche para mí this car’s too much for me
    2 plural a lot of, lots of; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb
    many;
    muchos amigos a lot of friends;
    no tengo muchos amigos I don’t have a lot of friends o many friends
    II pron
    1 singular a lot; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb
    much;
    no tengo mucho I don’t have much o a lot
    2 plural a lot; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb
    many;
    no tengo muchos I don’t have many o a lot;
    muchos creen que … a lot of people o many people think that …
    III adv
    1 a lot; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb
    much;
    ¿cuesta mucho? does it cost a lot o much?;
    nos vemos mucho we see each other often o a lot;
    hace mucho que no te veo I haven’t seen you for a long time;
    ¿dura/tarda mucho? does it last/take long?
    2
    :
    como mucho at the most;
    dan mucho de sí you can do a lot in 10 months;
    no es ni con mucho he is far from being …;
    ni mucho menos far from it;
    por mucho que however much
    * * *
    mucho adv
    1) : much, a lot
    mucho más: much more
    le gusta mucho: he likes it a lot
    2) : long, a long time
    tardó mucho en venir: he was a long time getting here
    3)
    por mucho que : no matter how much
    mucho, - cha adj
    1) : a lot of, many, much
    mucha gente: a lot of people
    hace mucho tiempo que no lo veo: I haven't seen him in ages
    2)
    muchas veces : often
    mucho, - cha pron
    1) : a lot, many, much
    hay mucho que hacer: there is a lot to do
    muchas no vinieron: many didn't come
    2)
    como mucho : at most
    3)
    con mucho : by far
    4)
    ni mucho menos : not at all, far from it
    * * *
    mucho1 adj
    1. (en general) a lot of / lots of
    ¿marcaste muchos goles? did you score many goals?
    mucho2 adv
    1. (en general) a lot
    lo siento mucho I'm very sorry / I'm really sorry
    3. (mucho tiempo) a long time
    no está acabado, ni mucho menos it is far from finished
    mucho3 pron
    3. (con plurales) many / a lot

    Spanish-English dictionary > mucho

  • 17 द्वि _dvi

    द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is sub- stituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.]
    -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb.
    -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (
    -रः) a word of two syllables.
    -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (
    -लम्) two fingers' length.
    -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda.
    -अन्तर a. separated by two inter- mediate links.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having two senses.
    -2 ambi- guous, equivocal.
    -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6.
    -अर्ध a. 1<?>.
    - अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43.
    -अशीत a. eighty-second.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-two.
    -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16.
    -अहः a period of two days.
    -आत्मक a.
    1 having a double nature.
    -2 being two.
    -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces.
    -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another.
    -आम्नात a. twice men- tioned.
    -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever).
    -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks.
    -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7.
    कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक).
    -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक).
    -ककुद् m. a camel.
    -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4.
    -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs
    -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs.
    -गत a ambiguous.
    -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (
    -गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb.
    -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented).
    -गुणित a.
    1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46.
    -2 folded double.
    -3 enveloped.
    -4 doubly increased, doubled.
    - चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15.
    -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two.
    -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42.
    -जः 'twice-born'
    1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāh- maṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39.
    -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purifi- catory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते.
    -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17.
    -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also).
    -5 A star; L. D. B.
    -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā.
    -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः
    1 the house of a dvija.
    -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः
    1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः
    1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37.
    -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23.
    -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of
    1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23.
    -2 Garuḍa.
    -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा
    1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water.
    -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः
    1 a man who pretends to be a Brāh- maṇa.
    -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m.
    1 a Kṣatriya.
    -2 a pseudo- Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 having two natures.
    -2 regenerated.
    -3 oviparous (-m.).
    -जातिः m.
    1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H.
    -3 a bird.
    -4 a tooth.
    -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru.
    -जातीय a.
    1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus.
    -2 of a twofold nature.
    -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (
    -यः) a mule.
    -जानि a having two wives.
    -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also).
    -2 insincere.
    (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2.
    -2 an informer, a slan- derer, tale-bearer.
    -3 an insincere person
    -4 a thief.
    -5 particular disease of the tongue.
    -ज्या the sine of an arc.
    -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots.
    -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni.
    -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121.
    -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a.
    1 thirty second.
    -2 consisting of thirty two.
    -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body.
    -दण्डि ind. stick against stick.
    -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age).
    -दन्तः an elephant.
    -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed.
    -दश a. (pl.) twenty.
    -दश a.
    (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36.
    -2 consisting of twelve.
    -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of
    1 the planet Jupiter.
    -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः
    1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a.
    1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12.
    -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight.
    -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः).
    -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, 3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव.
    -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes.
    -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days.
    -देवतम् the constel- lation विशाखा.
    -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
    -नग्नकः a circumcised man.
    -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second.
    -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two.
    -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa.
    -पक्षः 1 a bird.
    -2 a month.
    -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. (
    द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two.
    -पथम् 1 two ways.
    -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet.
    -पद् see द्विपाद् below.
    -पद a. having two feet (as a verse).
    -पदः a biped man.
    -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre.
    -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37.
    -पादः 1 a biped, man.
    -2 a bird.
    -3 a god.
    -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty.
    -पायिन् m. an elephant.
    -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16.
    -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94.
    -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:).
    -भातम् twilight.
    -भुजः an angle.
    -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace).
    -भौतिकः a horse possessing two ele- ments out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru.
    -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of
    1 Gaṇesa.
    -2 king Jarāsandha.
    -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā.
    -मार्गी a cross-away.
    -मुखा 1 a leech.
    -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a double- mouthed snake.
    -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ.
    -2 = बर्बर q. v.
    -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk.
    -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2.
    -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours.
    -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः
    1 a lion.
    -2 the Śarabha.
    -रसनः a snake.
    -रात्रम् two nights.
    -रूप a.
    1 biform.
    -2 written in two ways.
    -3 having a different shape.
    -4 bi-colour, bipartite.
    (-पः) 1 a variety of interpre- tation or reading.
    -2 a word correctly written in two ways.
    -रेतस् m. a mule.
    -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36.
    -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36.
    -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent.
    -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv.
    -वचनम् the dual num- ber in grammar.
    -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides).
    -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -वाहिका a wing.
    -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second.
    -विंशतिः f. (
    द्वाविंशति) twenty-two.
    -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162.
    -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules.
    -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long.
    -शतम् 1 two hundred.
    -2 one hundred and two.
    -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred.
    -शफ a. clovenfooted. (
    -फः) any cloven-footed animal.
    -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva.
    -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals.
    -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve.
    -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second.
    -षष्टिः f. (
    -द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two.
    -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light.
    -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second.
    -सप्ततिः f. (
    द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two.
    -सप्ताहः a fortnight.
    -सम a. having two equal sides.
    -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle.
    -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa.
    -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (
    -स्रम्) 2.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise.
    -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins.
    -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4.
    -हन् m. an elephant.
    -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134.
    -हीन a. of the neuter gender.
    -हृदया a pregnant woman.
    -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > द्वि _dvi

  • 18 विरहिन्


    vi-rahin
    mfn. separated, parted (esp. from a beloved person), lonely, solitary Kāv. Kathās. etc.;

    absent Bhartṛ. ;
    (ifc.) abstaining from Sarvad. ;
    ( iṇī) f. a woman separated from her husband orﾠ lover W. ;
    wages, hire ib. ;
    - ṇī-mano-vinoda, m. N. of wk.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > विरहिन्

  • 19 सुविभक्त


    su-vibhakta
    mfn. well separated orﾠ distributed Hariv. Suṡr. BhP. ;

    well proportioned, symmetrical MBh. Kāv. etc.;
    - gātra mfn. having well separated orﾠ symmetrical limbs MW. ;
    - tā f. good proportion, symmetry Suṡr. ;
    -ktâ̱ṅga-pratyaṅgatā f. having every limb andﾠ member well proportioned (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84 ;
    -ktâ̱navadyâ̱ngī f. (a woman) having symmetrical andﾠ faultless limbs MBh.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सुविभक्त

  • 20 ὡς

    ὡς:—Summary:
    A as ADVERB of Manner.
    Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.
    Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.
    Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.
    Ad ὡς temporal, when.
    Ae ὡς Local, where,
    B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.
    C, D various usages.
    A ADVERB of Manner:
    Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;

    ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20

    a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;

    ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888

    , al.
    2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;

    οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386

    : the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);

    κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11

     (iv A. D.);

    δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160

     (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.

    καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1

     (iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.
    3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;

    οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151

    -5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.
    4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.
    Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (

    φὴ Zenod.

    ): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:
    I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by

    ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462

    :

    ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389

    , cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;

    ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2

    : ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;

    θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78

    ;

    οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299

    : where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,

    Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151

    , cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.
    2 like as, just as,

    ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326

    , v. supr. Aa. 3.
    3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)

    οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344

    ; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)

    εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105

    ;

    τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130

    ; so in Trag.,

    σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124

    ;

    ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60

    ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;

    τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72

    ; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)

    βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9

     (Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.
    4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;

    ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c

    ; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.
    II with Adverbial clauses:
    1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)

    τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5

    , cf. 1.65;

    ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76

    ; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.
    2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3)

    ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395

     (lyr.); so

    ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41

     and

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2

    ; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as

    οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8

    ; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31;

    ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1

    ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;

    μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20

    , cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;

    ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31

    ; also with

    ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135

     codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.
    3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,

    ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88

    ;

    ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25

    ;

    ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d

    .— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.
    III with Adverbs:
    a with the Posit.,

    ὡς ἀληθῶς

     truly,

    Pl.Phdr. 234e

     (cf.

    ἀληθής 111.1b

    : as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452;

    ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34

     (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);

    ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9

    , 340.2;

    ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26

    ;

    ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27

    , D.6.32;

    ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53

     (iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.
    b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as

    θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c

    , cf. Phd. 99d.
    c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,

    ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141

    , etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;

    ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189

    ; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,

    ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153

    ;

    ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50

    ;

    μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d

    ; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,

    ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a

    ;

    βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17

     (ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.
    d with [comp] Comp.,

    ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1

    , 3.82.1.
    e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,

    ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34

    ; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;

    ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50

    , etc.;

    ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17

    .
    2 with Adjs.,
    a Posit.,

    ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d

    .
    Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,

    μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3

    , cf. Pl.R. 365a;

    ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84

    , etc.;

    οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1

    ; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,

    οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75

    .
    2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;

    αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350

    .
    Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,

    ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600

    : with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,

    ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17

    : rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,

    τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172

    , cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;

    ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170

     ([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;

    ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2

    : less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,

    ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424

    ;

    ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294

    ; also

    ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396

    ;

    Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74

    ; the second ὣς is repeated,

    ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41

     (ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.
    2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in

    ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330

    ,

    ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117

    ; cf.

    ὥσπερ 111.1

    : but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,

    ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35

    , 36;

    ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10

    , cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,

    τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89

     B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).
    Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).
    B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:
    I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.
    II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.
    III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.
    IV Causal, since, because.
    I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,

    γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402

    , cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,

    προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22

    : with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,

    μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in

    ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168

    ): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,

    κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69

    , cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.
    2 with Verbs of feeling,

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648

    ;

    ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600

    .
    II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,

    βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37

    ;

    τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83

    ;

    ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464

    ;

    [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    . b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)

    κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

    2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;

    ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23

    ; cf.

    ἵνα B. 1.3

    ,

    ὅπως B. 1.3

    .
    3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95

    , cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.

    ἔπος 11.4

    ; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;

    ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36

     (so without

    ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61

    ), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.
    III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;

    ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184

    ; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;

    ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75

    ;

    οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d

    ;

    ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13

    ; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,

    οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135

    , cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.
    2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,

    μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113

    ;

    μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d

    ; cf.

    ὥστε B. 1.2

    : with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.
    3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;

    ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31

    .
    IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,

    τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914

    , cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,

    μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46

    .
    2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.
    C [full] ὡς before
    I Participles;
    II Prepositions; and
    III ὡς itself as a Preposition.
    I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,

    ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430

     (v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,

    διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28

    , cf. 91;

    παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7

    , etc.;

    δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242

    ;

    ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325

     (troch.): in questions,

    παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b

    ;

    ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557

    ; with vbs. of knowing,

    ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91

    ; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.
    2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672;

    ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253

    ;

    τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e

    ;

    ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e

    , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;

    νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32

    ;

    κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202

     (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,

    τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.
    3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,

    νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144

    ; ἐρώτα

    ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9

    ;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281

    , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,

    μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e

    , cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,

    ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25

    , cf. Pl.R. 604b.
    II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;

    φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11

    ; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;

    ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61

    ;

    πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58

    ;

    τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44

    : in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:

    ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28

    ; also

    ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c

    ;

    ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101

    .
    b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,

    προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8

    , cf. 13.1.22;

    ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1

    , cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)

    ἰόντων Id.8.3.32

    .
    III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom.,

    ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218

     (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.

    αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10

    ; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,

    ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121

    .έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5

    , etc.;

    ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79

    ;

    ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;

    ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121

    ; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.

    ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36

     (ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;

    ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242

    : in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.
    D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:
    I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;

    φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316

    ; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;

    ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6

    , 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.
    2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.

    ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279

    ;

    ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488

     (troch.).
    II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,

    ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107

    ;

    ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47

    , cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt.,

    ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444

    ;

    ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281

    .
    E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,

    σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5

    ; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.

    μάλα 111.5

    ), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,

    δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7

    ; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;

    δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30

    , cf. An.5.4.12; cf.

    ὡσεί 111

    .
    F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:
    1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.

    ἵνα B.11.3c

    .
    2 know that (sc. ἴσθι)

    , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ;

    ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400

    , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,

    ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32

    , cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also

    ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119

    .
    3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),

    ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57

    , cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;

    ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114

    ; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους)

    οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31

    , cf. 79;

    ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9

    , al.; rarely with a Verb,

    ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29

    , cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows

    ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3

    :—for the etymology v. infr. H; also

    ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74

     (v. infr. H).
    G [full] ὡς pleonast. in

    ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14

    , 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.
    H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.

    ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Woman — • The position of woman in society has given rise to a discussion which, is known under the name of the woman question Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Woman     Woman      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • WOMAN — This article is arranged according to the following outline: the historical perspective biblical period marriage and children women in household life economic roles educational and managerial roles religious roles women outside the household… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Woman's Building — The Woman s Building was a non profit public art and educational center focused on showcasing women s art and culture. It existed in Los Angeles from 1973 to 1991. HistoryThe founding of the Woman s Building in Los Angeles in 1973 was the… …   Wikipedia

  • Sawing a woman in half — is a generic name for a number of different stage magic tricks in which a person (traditionally a female assistant) is apparently sawn or divided into two or more pieces. Contents 1 History 2 Effects and variations 2.1 The Selbit sawing …   Wikipedia

  • No Wit, No Help Like a Woman's — Contents 1 Title 2 Date 3 Publication 4 Authorship …   Wikipedia

  • Who's That Woman? — Infobox Television episode Title = Who s That Woman? Series = Desperate Housewives Caption = Susan hands Julie a pair of gloves. Season = 1 Episode = 4 Airdate = October 24, 2004 Production = 103 Writer = Marc Cherry and Tom Spezialy Director =… …   Wikipedia

  • List of Wonder Woman enemies — Termite Queen links here. For information on queens of the termite species, see Termite Queen. This is a list of fictional characters from DC Comics who are or have been enemies of Wonder Woman. Contents 1 Central rogues gallery 2 Foes of lesser… …   Wikipedia

  • List of Wonder Woman characters — This is a list of Wonder Woman supporting characters. Contents 1 Major characters 2 Other characters 2.1 Pre Crisis 2.1.1 Golden Age …   Wikipedia

  • Owl Woman — Owl Woman, Cheyenne Princes (Mis stan stur). Drawing by Lt. James Abert. Source Colorado Women s Hall of Fame <http://www.cogreatwomen.org/> Owl Woman (Cheyenne name: Mis stan stur) (died 1847), was a Cheyenne princess.[1] She married an… …   Wikipedia

  • The Watermelon Woman — Infobox Film name = The Watermelon Woman caption = Original movie poster director = Cheryl Dunye producer = Alexandra Juhasz Barry Swimar writer = Cheryl Dunye narrator = starring = Cheryl Dunye Guinevere Turner music = Paul Shapiro… …   Wikipedia

  • Invisible Woman — Infobox superhero character name = Sue Storm Richards caption = Cover for Marvel Knights Four #5. Art by Steve McNiven publisher = Marvel Comics debut = The Fantastic Four #1 (November 1961) creators = Stan Lee Jack Kirby real name = Susan Storm… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»